blob: c8d0000ab95c4f1f6be873db18ceb20c5578eec8 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
17#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
18# include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
19#endif
20
21static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
22static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000023static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
24
25/*
26 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
27 */
28 int
29get_indent()
30{
31 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
32}
33
34/*
35 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
36 */
37 int
38get_indent_lnum(lnum)
39 linenr_T lnum;
40{
41 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
42}
43
44#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
45/*
46 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
47 * "buf".
48 */
49 int
50get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
51 buf_T *buf;
52 linenr_T lnum;
53{
54 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
55}
56#endif
57
58/*
59 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
60 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
61 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000062 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000063get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
64 char_u *ptr;
65 int ts;
66{
67 int count = 0;
68
69 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
70 {
71 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
72 count += ts - (count % ts);
73 else if (*ptr == ' ')
74 ++count; /* count a space for one */
75 else
76 break;
77 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000078 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000079}
80
81/*
82 * Set the indent of the current line.
83 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
84 * Caller must take care of undo.
85 * "flags":
86 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
87 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
88 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
89 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
90 */
91 int
92set_indent(size, flags)
93 int size;
94 int flags;
95{
96 char_u *p;
97 char_u *newline;
98 char_u *oldline;
99 char_u *s;
100 int todo;
101 int ind_len;
102 int line_len;
103 int doit = FALSE;
104 int ind_done;
105 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000106 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000107
108 /*
109 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
110 * characters needed for the indent.
111 */
112 todo = size;
113 ind_len = 0;
114 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
115
116 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
117 * isn't already set */
118
119 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
151 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
152 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
153 if (todo >= tab_pad)
154 {
155 doit = TRUE;
156 todo -= tab_pad;
157 ++ind_len;
158 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
159 }
160 }
161
162 /* count tabs required for indent */
163 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
164 {
165 if (*p != TAB)
166 doit = TRUE;
167 else
168 ++p;
169 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
170 ++ind_len;
171 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
172 }
173 }
174 /* count spaces required for indent */
175 while (todo > 0)
176 {
177 if (*p != ' ')
178 doit = TRUE;
179 else
180 ++p;
181 --todo;
182 ++ind_len;
183 /* ++ind_done; */
184 }
185
186 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
187 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
188 return FALSE;
189
190 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
191 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
192 p = oldline;
193 else
194 p = skipwhite(p);
195 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
196 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
197 if (newline == NULL)
198 return FALSE;
199
200 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
201 s = newline;
202 todo = size;
203 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
204 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
205 {
206 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
207 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
208 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
209 {
210 p = oldline;
211 ind_done = 0;
212
213 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
214 {
215 if (*p == TAB)
216 {
217 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
218 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
219 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
220 if (todo < tab_pad)
221 break;
222 todo -= tab_pad;
223 ind_done += tab_pad;
224 }
225 else
226 {
227 --todo;
228 ++ind_done;
229 }
230 *s++ = *p++;
231 }
232
233 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
234 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
235 if (todo >= tab_pad)
236 {
237 *s++ = TAB;
238 todo -= tab_pad;
239 }
240
241 p = skipwhite(p);
242 }
243
244 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
245 {
246 *s++ = TAB;
247 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
248 }
249 }
250 while (todo > 0)
251 {
252 *s++ = ' ';
253 --todo;
254 }
255 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
256
257 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
258 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
259 {
260 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
261 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
262 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
263 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
264 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
265 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
266 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000267 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268 }
269 else
270 vim_free(newline);
271
272 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000273 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000274}
275
276/*
277 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
278 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
279 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
280 */
281 static int
282copy_indent(size, src)
283 int size;
284 char_u *src;
285{
286 char_u *p = NULL;
287 char_u *line = NULL;
288 char_u *s;
289 int todo;
290 int ind_len;
291 int line_len = 0;
292 int tab_pad;
293 int ind_done;
294 int round;
295
296 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
297 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
298 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
299 {
300 todo = size;
301 ind_len = 0;
302 ind_done = 0;
303 s = src;
304
305 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
306 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
307 {
308 if (*s == TAB)
309 {
310 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
311 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
312 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
313 if (todo < tab_pad)
314 break;
315 todo -= tab_pad;
316 ind_done += tab_pad;
317 }
318 else
319 {
320 --todo;
321 ++ind_done;
322 }
323 ++ind_len;
324 if (round == 2)
325 *p++ = *s;
326 ++s;
327 }
328
329 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
330 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
331 if (todo >= tab_pad)
332 {
333 todo -= tab_pad;
334 ++ind_len;
335 if (round == 2)
336 *p++ = TAB;
337 }
338
339 /* Add tabs required for indent */
340 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
341 {
342 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
343 ++ind_len;
344 if (round == 2)
345 *p++ = TAB;
346 }
347
348 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
349 while (todo > 0)
350 {
351 --todo;
352 ++ind_len;
353 if (round == 2)
354 *p++ = ' ';
355 }
356
357 if (round == 1)
358 {
359 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
360 * and the rest of the line. */
361 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
362 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
363 if (line == NULL)
364 return FALSE;
365 p = line;
366 }
367 }
368
369 /* Append the original line */
370 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
371
372 /* Replace the line */
373 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
374
375 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
376 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
377 return TRUE;
378}
379
380/*
381 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
382 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000383 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000384 */
385 int
386get_number_indent(lnum)
387 linenr_T lnum;
388{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 colnr_T col;
390 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000391 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000392
393 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
394 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000395 pos.lnum = 0;
396 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
397 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
398 {
399 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000400 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000401 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum, (colnr_T)0))
402 {
403 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
404 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
405#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
406 pos.coladd = 0;
407#endif
408 }
409 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
410 }
411
412 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000413 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000414 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
415 return (int)col;
416}
417
418#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
419
420static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
421
422/*
423 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
424 */
425 static int
426cin_is_cinword(line)
427 char_u *line;
428{
429 char_u *cinw;
430 char_u *cinw_buf;
431 int cinw_len;
432 int retval = FALSE;
433 int len;
434
435 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
436 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
437 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
438 {
439 line = skipwhite(line);
440 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
441 {
442 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
443 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
444 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
445 {
446 retval = TRUE;
447 break;
448 }
449 }
450 vim_free(cinw_buf);
451 }
452 return retval;
453}
454#endif
455
456/*
457 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
458 *
459 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
460 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
461 *
462 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
463 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
464 * new line.
465 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
466 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
467 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
468 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
469 *
470 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
471 */
472 int
473open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
474 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
475 int flags;
476 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
477{
478 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
479 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
480 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
481 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
482 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
483 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
484 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
485 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
486 int n;
487 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
488 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
489#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
490 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
491 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
492 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
493 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
494#endif
495 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
496#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
497 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
498 char_u *p;
499#endif
500 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
501#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
502 pos_T *pos;
503#endif
504#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
505 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
506# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
507 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
508# endif
509 );
510 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
511 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
512#endif
513#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
514 int vreplace_mode;
515#endif
516 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
517 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
518
519 /*
520 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
521 */
522 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
523 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
524 return FALSE;
525
526#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
527 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
528 {
529 /*
530 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
531 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
532 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
533 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
534 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
535 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
536 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
537 */
538 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
539 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
540 else
541 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
542 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
543 goto theend;
544
545 /*
546 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
547 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
548 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
549 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
550 * etc) a bit later.
551 */
552 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
553 replace_push(NUL);
554 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
555 while (*p != NUL)
556 replace_push(*p++);
557 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
558 }
559#endif
560
561 if ((State & INSERT)
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564#endif
565 )
566 {
567 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
568#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
569 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
570 {
571 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
572 first_char = *p;
573 }
574#endif
575#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
576 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
577#endif
578 saved_char = *p_extra;
579 *p_extra = NUL;
580 }
581
582 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
583#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
584 did_si = FALSE;
585#endif
586 ai_col = 0;
587
588 /*
589 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
590 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
591 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
592 */
593 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
594 trunc_line = TRUE;
595
596 /*
597 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
598 * indent to use for the new line.
599 */
600 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
601#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
602 || do_si
603#endif
604 )
605 {
606 /*
607 * count white space on current line
608 */
609 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
610 if (newindent == 0)
611 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
612
613#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
614 /*
615 * Do smart indenting.
616 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
617 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
618 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
619 * "if (condition) {"
620 */
621 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
622 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
623 {
624 char_u *ptr;
625 char_u last_char;
626
627 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
628 ptr = saved_line;
629# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
630 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
631 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
632 else
633 lead_len = 0;
634# endif
635 if (dir == FORWARD)
636 {
637 /*
638 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
639 * recognised as comments.
640 */
641 if (
642# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
643 lead_len == 0 &&
644# endif
645 ptr[0] == '#')
646 {
647 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
648 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
649 newindent = get_indent();
650 }
651# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
652 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
653 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
654 else
655 lead_len = 0;
656 if (lead_len > 0)
657 {
658 /*
659 * This case gets the following right:
660 * \*
661 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
662 * *\
663 * #define IN_THE_WAY
664 * This should line up here;
665 */
666 p = skipwhite(ptr);
667 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
668 p++;
669 if (p[0] == '*')
670 {
671 for (p++; *p; p++)
672 {
673 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
674 {
675 /*
676 * End of C comment, indent should line up
677 * with the line containing the start of
678 * the comment
679 */
680 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
681 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
682 {
683 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
684 newindent = get_indent();
685 }
686 }
687 }
688 }
689 }
690 else /* Not a comment line */
691# endif
692 {
693 /* Find last non-blank in line */
694 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
695 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
696 --p;
697 last_char = *p;
698
699 /*
700 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
701 */
702 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
703 {
704 if (p > ptr)
705 --p;
706 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
707 --p;
708 }
709 /*
710 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
711 * lines. eg:
712 * if (condition &&
713 * condition) {
714 * Should line up here!
715 * }
716 */
717 if (*p == ')')
718 {
719 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
720 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
721 {
722 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
723 newindent = get_indent();
724 ptr = ml_get_curline();
725 }
726 }
727 /*
728 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
729 * checking for "if" and the like.
730 */
731 if (last_char == '{')
732 {
733 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
734 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
735 }
736 /*
737 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
738 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
739 * '}'.
740 */
741 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
742 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
743 did_si = TRUE;
744 }
745 }
746 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
747 {
748 /*
749 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
750 * recognised as comments.
751 */
752 if (
753# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
754 lead_len == 0 &&
755# endif
756 ptr[0] == '#')
757 {
758 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
759
760 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
761 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
762 {
763 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
764 was_backslashed = TRUE;
765 else
766 was_backslashed = FALSE;
767 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
768 }
769 if (was_backslashed)
770 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
771 else
772 newindent = get_indent();
773 }
774 p = skipwhite(ptr);
775 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
776 did_si = TRUE;
777 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
778 can_si_back = TRUE;
779 }
780 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
781 }
782 if (do_si)
783 can_si = TRUE;
784#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
785
786 did_ai = TRUE;
787 }
788
789#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
790 /*
791 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
792 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
793 */
794 end_comment_pending = NUL;
795 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
796 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
797 else
798 lead_len = 0;
799 if (lead_len > 0)
800 {
801 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
802 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
803 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
804 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
805 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
806 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
807 int current_flag;
808 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
809 char_u *p2;
810
811 /*
812 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
813 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
814 */
815 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
816 {
817 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
818 {
819 require_blank = TRUE;
820 continue;
821 }
822 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
823 {
824 current_flag = *p;
825 if (*p == COM_START)
826 {
827 /*
828 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
829 */
830 if (dir == BACKWARD)
831 {
832 lead_len = 0;
833 break;
834 }
835
836 /* find start of middle part */
837 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
838 require_blank = FALSE;
839 }
840
841 /*
842 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
843 */
844 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
845 {
846 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
847 require_blank = TRUE;
848 ++p;
849 }
850 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
851
852 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
853 {
854 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
855 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
856 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
857 ++p;
858 }
859 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
860
861 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
862 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
863
864 /*
865 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
866 * the comment leader.
867 */
868 if (dir == FORWARD)
869 {
870 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
871 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
872 {
873 comment_end = p;
874 lead_len = 0;
875 break;
876 }
877 }
878
879 /*
880 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
881 */
882 if (lead_len > 0)
883 {
884 if (current_flag == COM_START)
885 {
886 lead_repl = lead_middle;
887 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
888 }
889
890 /*
891 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
892 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
893 * comment leader on the next line.
894 */
895 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
896 && ((p_extra != NULL
897 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
898 || (p_extra == NULL
899 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
900 || require_blank))
901 extra_space = TRUE;
902 }
903 break;
904 }
905 if (*p == COM_END)
906 {
907 /*
908 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
909 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
910 * start (for C-comments).
911 */
912 if (dir == FORWARD)
913 {
914 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
915 lead_len = 0;
916 break;
917 }
918
919 /*
920 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
921 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
922 */
923 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
924 --p;
925 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
926 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
927 ;
928 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
929
930 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
931 * the comment-end */
932 extra_space = TRUE;
933
934 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
935 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
936 {
937 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
938 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
939 }
940 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
941 {
942 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
943 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
944 p2++;
945 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
946 }
947 break;
948 }
949 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
950 {
951 /*
952 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
953 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
954 */
955 if (dir == BACKWARD)
956 lead_len = 0;
957 else
958 {
959 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
960 lead_repl_len = 0;
961 }
962 break;
963 }
964 }
965 if (lead_len)
966 {
967 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
968 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
969 extra_len + 1);
970 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
971
972 if (leader == NULL)
973 lead_len = 0;
974 else
975 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +0000976 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000977
978 /*
979 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
980 */
981 if (lead_repl != NULL)
982 {
983 int c = 0;
984 int off = 0;
985
986 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
987 {
988 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
989 c = *p;
990 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
991 off = getdigits(&p);
992 }
993 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
994 {
995 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
996 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
997 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
998 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000999 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001000
1001#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1002 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1003 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1004 {
1005 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1006 lead_repl_len);
1007 int old_size = 0;
1008 char_u *endp = p;
1009 int l;
1010
1011 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1012 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001013 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001014 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1015 }
1016 l = lead_repl_len - (endp - p);
1017 if (l != 0)
1018 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1019 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1020 lead_len += l;
1021 }
1022#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001023 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1024 p = leader;
1025 else
1026 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001027#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001028 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1029 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1030 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1031
1032 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1033 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001034 {
1035#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1036 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1037
1038 if (l > 1)
1039 {
1040 p -= l;
1041 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1042 {
1043 p[1] = ' ';
1044 --l;
1045 }
1046 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1047 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1048 lead_len -= l;
1049 *p = ' ';
1050 }
1051 else
1052#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001053 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1054 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001055 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001056 }
1057 else /* left adjusted leader */
1058 {
1059 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001060#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1061 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1062 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1063 * not to be overwritten. */
1064 {
1065 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1066 lead_repl_len);
1067 int i;
1068 int l;
1069
1070 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1071 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001072 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001073 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1074 break;
1075 }
1076 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1077 {
1078 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
1079 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (leader - p)));
1080 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1081 }
1082 }
1083#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001084 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1085
1086 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1087 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1088 * remain the same. */
1089 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1090 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1091 {
1092 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1093 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1094 {
1095 --lead_len;
1096 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1097 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1098 }
1099 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 {
1101#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001102 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001103
1104 if (l > 1)
1105 {
1106 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1107 {
1108 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1109 * two spaces */
1110 --l;
1111 *p++ = ' ';
1112 }
1113 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1114 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1115 lead_len -= l - 1;
1116 }
1117#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001118 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001119 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001120 }
1121 *p = NUL;
1122 }
1123
1124 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1125 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1126#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1127 || do_si
1128#endif
1129 )
1130 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1131
1132 /* Add the indent offset */
1133 if (newindent + off < 0)
1134 {
1135 off = -newindent;
1136 newindent = 0;
1137 }
1138 else
1139 newindent += off;
1140
1141 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1142 * alignment remains equal. */
1143 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1144 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1145 {
1146 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1147 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1148 break;
1149 --lead_len;
1150 --off;
1151 }
1152
1153 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1154 * extra space */
1155 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1156 extra_space = FALSE;
1157 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1158 }
1159
1160 if (extra_space)
1161 {
1162 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1163 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1164 }
1165
1166 newcol = lead_len;
1167
1168 /*
1169 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1170 * is in the comment leader
1171 */
1172 if (newindent
1173#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1174 || did_si
1175#endif
1176 )
1177 {
1178 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1179 {
1180 --lead_len;
1181 --newcol;
1182 ++leader;
1183 }
1184 }
1185
1186 }
1187#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1188 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1189#endif
1190 }
1191 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1192 {
1193 /*
1194 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1195 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1196 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1197 * comment.
1198 */
1199 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1200 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1201#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1202 || do_si
1203#endif
1204 ))
1205 {
1206 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1207 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1208 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1209 {
1210 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1211 newindent = get_indent();
1212 }
1213 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1214 }
1215 }
1216 }
1217#endif
1218
1219 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1220 if (p_extra != NULL)
1221 {
1222 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1223
1224 /*
1225 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1226 * non-blank.
1227 *
1228 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1229 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1230 */
1231 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1232 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1233 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1234 {
1235 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1236#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1237 && (!enc_utf8
1238 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1239#endif
1240 )
1241 {
1242 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1243 replace_push(*p_extra);
1244 ++p_extra;
1245 ++less_cols_off;
1246 }
1247 }
1248 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1249 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1250
1251 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1252 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1253 }
1254
1255 if (p_extra == NULL)
1256 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1257
1258#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1259 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1260 if (lead_len)
1261 {
1262 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1263 p_extra = leader;
1264 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1265 less_cols -= lead_len;
1266 }
1267 else
1268 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1269#endif
1270
1271 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1272 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1273 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1274#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1275 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1276#endif
1277 {
1278 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1279 == FAIL)
1280 goto theend;
1281 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1282 * with markers. */
1283 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1284 did_append = TRUE;
1285 }
1286#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1287 else
1288 {
1289 /*
1290 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1291 */
1292 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1293 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1294 {
1295 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1296 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1297 */
1298 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1299 vr_lines_changed++;
1300 }
1301 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1302 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1303 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1304 did_append = FALSE;
1305 }
1306#endif
1307
1308 if (newindent
1309#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1310 || did_si
1311#endif
1312 )
1313 {
1314 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1315#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1316 if (did_si)
1317 {
1318 if (p_sr)
1319 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1320 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1321 }
1322#endif
1323 /* Copy the indent only if expand tab is disabled */
1324 if (curbuf->b_p_ci && !curbuf->b_p_et)
1325 {
1326 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1327
1328 /*
1329 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1330 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1331 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1332 */
1333 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1334 }
1335 else
1336 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1337 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1338
1339 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1340
1341 /*
1342 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1343 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1344 */
1345 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1346 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1347 replace_push(NUL);
1348 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1349#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1350 if (no_si)
1351 did_si = FALSE;
1352#endif
1353 }
1354
1355#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1356 /*
1357 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1358 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1359 */
1360 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1361 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1362 replace_push(NUL);
1363#endif
1364
1365 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1366
1367 if (dir == FORWARD)
1368 {
1369 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1370 {
1371 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1372 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1373 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1374 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1375 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1376 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1377 saved_line = NULL;
1378 if (did_append)
1379 {
1380 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1381 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1382 did_append = FALSE;
1383
1384 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1385 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1386 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1387 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1388 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1389 }
1390 else
1391 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1392 }
1393
1394 /*
1395 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1396 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1397 */
1398 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1399 }
1400 if (did_append)
1401 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1402
1403 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1404#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1405 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1406#endif
1407
1408#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1409 /*
1410 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1411 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1412 * normal INSERT mode.
1413 */
1414 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1415 {
1416 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1417 State = INSERT;
1418 }
1419 else
1420 vreplace_mode = 0;
1421#endif
1422#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1423 /*
1424 * May do lisp indenting.
1425 */
1426 if (!p_paste
1427# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1428 && leader == NULL
1429# endif
1430 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1431 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1432 {
1433 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1434 p = ml_get_curline();
1435 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1436 }
1437#endif
1438#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1439 /*
1440 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1441 */
1442 if (!p_paste
1443 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1444# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1445 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1446# endif
1447 )
1448 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1449 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1450 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1451 {
1452 do_c_expr_indent();
1453 p = ml_get_curline();
1454 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1455 }
1456#endif
1457#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1458 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1459 State = vreplace_mode;
1460#endif
1461
1462#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1463 /*
1464 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1465 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1466 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1467 */
1468 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1469 {
1470 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1471 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1472 if (p_extra == NULL)
1473 goto theend;
1474
1475 /* Put back original line */
1476 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1477
1478 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1479 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1480#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1481 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1482#endif
1483 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1484 vim_free(p_extra);
1485 next_line = NULL;
1486 }
1487#endif
1488
1489 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1490theend:
1491 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1492 vim_free(saved_line);
1493 vim_free(next_line);
1494 vim_free(allocated);
1495 return retval;
1496}
1497
1498#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1499/*
1500 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1501 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1502 * returned.
1503 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1504 * comment leader.
1505 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1506 */
1507 int
1508get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1509 char_u *line;
1510 char_u **flags;
1511 int backward;
1512{
1513 int i, j;
1514 int got_com = FALSE;
1515 int found_one;
1516 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1517 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1518 char_u *list;
1519
1520 i = 0;
1521 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1522 ++i;
1523
1524 /*
1525 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1526 */
1527 while (line[i])
1528 {
1529 /*
1530 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1531 */
1532 found_one = FALSE;
1533 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1534 {
1535 /*
1536 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1537 * put string at start of string.
1538 */
1539 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1540 *flags = list;
1541 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1542 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1543 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1544 continue;
1545 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1546
1547 /*
1548 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1549 * nested comments.
1550 */
1551 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1552 continue;
1553
1554 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1555 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1556 continue;
1557
1558 /*
1559 * Line contents and string must match.
1560 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1561 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1562 * TABs and spaces).
1563 */
1564 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1565 {
1566 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1567 continue;
1568 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1569 ++string;
1570 }
1571 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1572 ;
1573 if (string[j] != NUL)
1574 continue;
1575
1576 /*
1577 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1578 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1579 */
1580 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1581 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1582 continue;
1583
1584 /*
1585 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1586 */
1587 i += j;
1588 got_com = TRUE;
1589 found_one = TRUE;
1590 break;
1591 }
1592
1593 /*
1594 * No match found, stop scanning.
1595 */
1596 if (!found_one)
1597 break;
1598
1599 /*
1600 * Include any trailing white space.
1601 */
1602 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1603 ++i;
1604
1605 /*
1606 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1607 */
1608 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1609 break;
1610 }
1611 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1612}
1613#endif
1614
1615/*
1616 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1617 */
1618 int
1619plines(lnum)
1620 linenr_T lnum;
1621{
1622 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1623}
1624
1625 int
1626plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1627 win_T *wp;
1628 linenr_T lnum;
1629 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1630{
1631#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1632 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1633 * is one line anyway. */
1634 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1635}
1636
1637 int
1638plines_nofill(lnum)
1639 linenr_T lnum;
1640{
1641 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1642}
1643
1644 int
1645plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1646 win_T *wp;
1647 linenr_T lnum;
1648 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1649{
1650#endif
1651 int lines;
1652
1653 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1654 return 1;
1655
1656#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1657 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1658 return 1;
1659#endif
1660
1661#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1662 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1663 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1664 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1665 return 1;
1666#endif
1667
1668 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1669 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1670 return (int)wp->w_height;
1671 return lines;
1672}
1673
1674/*
1675 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1676 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1677 */
1678 int
1679plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1680 win_T *wp;
1681 linenr_T lnum;
1682{
1683 char_u *s;
1684 long col;
1685 int width;
1686
1687 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1688 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1689 return 1;
1690 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1691
1692 /*
1693 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1694 * extra column.
1695 */
1696 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1697 col += 1;
1698
1699 /*
1700 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
1701 */
1702 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1703 if (width <= 0)
1704 return 32000;
1705 if (col <= width)
1706 return 1;
1707 col -= width;
1708 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1709 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1710}
1711
1712/*
1713 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1714 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1715 */
1716 int
1717plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1718 win_T *wp;
1719 linenr_T lnum;
1720 long column;
1721{
1722 long col;
1723 char_u *s;
1724 int lines = 0;
1725 int width;
1726
1727#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1728 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1729 * is one line anyway. */
1730 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1731#endif
1732
1733 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1734 return lines + 1;
1735
1736#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1737 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1738 return lines + 1;
1739#endif
1740
1741 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1742
1743 col = 0;
1744 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1745 {
1746 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001747 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001748 }
1749
1750 /*
1751 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1752 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1753 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1754 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1755 * 'ts') -- webb.
1756 */
1757 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1758 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1759
1760 /*
1761 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
1762 */
1763 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1764 if (width > 0)
1765 {
1766 lines += 1;
1767 if (col >= width)
1768 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp));
1769 if (lines <= wp->w_height)
1770 return lines;
1771 }
1772 return (int)(wp->w_height); /* maximum length */
1773}
1774
1775 int
1776plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1777 win_T *wp;
1778 linenr_T first, last;
1779{
1780 int count = 0;
1781
1782 while (first <= last)
1783 {
1784#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1785 int x;
1786
1787 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1788 * that are maybe folded. */
1789 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1790 if (x > 0)
1791 {
1792 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1793 first += x;
1794 }
1795 else
1796#endif
1797 {
1798#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1799 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1800 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1801 else
1802#endif
1803 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1804 ++first;
1805 }
1806 }
1807 return (count);
1808}
1809
1810#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1811/*
1812 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1813 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1814 */
1815 void
1816ins_bytes(p)
1817 char_u *p;
1818{
1819 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1820}
1821#endif
1822
1823#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1824 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1825/*
1826 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1827 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1828 */
1829 void
1830ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1831 char_u *p;
1832 int len;
1833{
1834 int i;
1835# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1836 int n;
1837
1838 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1839 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001840 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001841 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1842 }
1843# else
1844 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1845 ins_char(p[i]);
1846# endif
1847}
1848#endif
1849
1850/*
1851 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1852 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1853 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1854 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1855 * convert bytes to a character.
1856 */
1857 void
1858ins_char(c)
1859 int c;
1860{
1861#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1862 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1863 int n;
1864
1865 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1866
1867 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1868 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1869 if (buf[0] == 0)
1870 buf[0] = '\n';
1871
1872 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1873}
1874
1875 void
1876ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1877 char_u *buf;
1878 int charlen;
1879{
1880 int c = buf[0];
1881 int l, j;
1882#endif
1883 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1884 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1885 char_u *p;
1886 char_u *newp;
1887 char_u *oldp;
1888 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1889 colnr_T col;
1890 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1891 int i;
1892
1893#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1894 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1895 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1896 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1897#endif
1898
1899 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1900 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1901 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1902
1903 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1904 oldlen = 0;
1905#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1906 newlen = charlen;
1907#else
1908 newlen = 1;
1909#endif
1910
1911 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1912 {
1913#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1914 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1915 {
1916 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1917 colnr_T vcol;
1918 int old_list;
1919#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1920 char_u buf[2];
1921#endif
1922
1923 /*
1924 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1925 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1926 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1927 */
1928 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1929 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1930 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1931
1932 /*
1933 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1934 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1935 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1936 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1937 */
1938 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1939#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1940 buf[0] = c;
1941 buf[1] = NUL;
1942#endif
1943 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1944 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1945 {
1946 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1947 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1948 * position. */
1949 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1950 break;
1951#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001952 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001953#else
1954 ++oldlen;
1955#endif
1956 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
1957 if (vcol > new_vcol)
1958 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
1959 }
1960 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
1961 }
1962 else
1963#endif
1964 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
1965 {
1966 /* normal replace */
1967#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001968 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001969#else
1970 oldlen = 1;
1971#endif
1972 }
1973
1974
1975 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
1976 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
1977 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
1978 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
1979 replace_push(NUL);
1980 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
1981 {
1982#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001983 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + i) - 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001984 for (j = l; j >= 0; --j)
1985 replace_push(oldp[col + i + j]);
1986 i += l;
1987#else
1988 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
1989#endif
1990 }
1991 }
1992
1993 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
1994 if (newp == NULL)
1995 return;
1996
1997 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
1998 if (col > 0)
1999 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2000
2001 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2002 p = newp + col;
2003 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2004 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2005
2006 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2007#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2008 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2009 i = charlen;
2010#else
2011 *p = c;
2012 i = 1;
2013#endif
2014
2015 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2016 while (i < newlen)
2017 p[i++] = ' ';
2018
2019 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2020 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2021
2022 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2023 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2024
2025 /*
2026 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2027 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2028 */
2029 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2030 && msg_silent == 0
2031#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2032 && charlen == 1
2033#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002034#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2035 && !ins_compl_active()
2036#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002037 )
2038 showmatch(c);
2039
2040#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2041 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2042#endif
2043 {
2044 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2045#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2046 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2047#else
2048 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2049#endif
2050 }
2051 /*
2052 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2053 */
2054}
2055
2056/*
2057 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2058 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2059 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2060 */
2061 void
2062ins_str(s)
2063 char_u *s;
2064{
2065 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2066 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2067 int oldlen;
2068 colnr_T col;
2069 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2070
2071#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2072 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2073 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2074#endif
2075
2076 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2077 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2078 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2079
2080 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2081 if (newp == NULL)
2082 return;
2083 if (col > 0)
2084 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2085 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2086 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2087 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2088 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2089 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2090}
2091
2092/*
2093 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2094 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2095 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2096 *
2097 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2098 */
2099 int
2100del_char(fixpos)
2101 int fixpos;
2102{
2103#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2104 if (has_mbyte)
2105 {
2106 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2107 mb_adjust_cursor();
2108 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2109 return FAIL;
2110 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2111 }
2112#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002113 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002114}
2115
2116#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2117/*
2118 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2119 */
2120 int
2121del_chars(count, fixpos)
2122 long count;
2123 int fixpos;
2124{
2125 long bytes = 0;
2126 long i;
2127 char_u *p;
2128 int l;
2129
2130 p = ml_get_cursor();
2131 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2132 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002133 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002134 bytes += l;
2135 p += l;
2136 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002137 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002138}
2139#endif
2140
2141/*
2142 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2143 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2144 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2145 *
2146 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2147 */
Bram Moolenaara9b1e742005-12-19 22:14:58 +00002148/*ARGSUSED*/
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002149 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002150del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002151 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002152 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002153 int use_delcombine; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002154{
2155 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2156 colnr_T oldlen;
2157 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2158 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2159 int was_alloced;
2160 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002161 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002162
2163 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2164 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2165
2166 /*
2167 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2168 */
2169 if (col >= oldlen)
2170 return FAIL;
2171
2172#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2173 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2174 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002175 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2176 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002177 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002178 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179 int n;
2180
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002181 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2182 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183 {
2184 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2185 n = col;
2186 do
2187 {
2188 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002189 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002190 n += count;
2191 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2192 fixpos = 0;
2193 }
2194 }
2195#endif
2196
2197 /*
2198 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2199 */
2200 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2201 if (movelen <= 1)
2202 {
2203 /*
2204 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002205 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2206 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002207 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002208 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2209#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2210 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2211#endif
2212 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002213 {
2214 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2215#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2216 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2217#endif
2218#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2219 if (has_mbyte)
2220 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2221 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2222#endif
2223 }
2224 count = oldlen - col;
2225 movelen = 1;
2226 }
2227
2228 /*
2229 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2230 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
2231 */
2232 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
2233#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2234 if (was_alloced && usingNetbeans)
2235 netbeans_removed(curbuf, lnum, col, count);
2236 /* else is handled by ml_replace() */
2237#endif
2238 if (was_alloced)
2239 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2240 else
2241 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2242 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2243 if (newp == NULL)
2244 return FAIL;
2245 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2246 }
2247 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2248 if (!was_alloced)
2249 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2250
2251 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2252 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2253
2254 return OK;
2255}
2256
2257/*
2258 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2259 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2260 *
2261 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2262 */
2263 int
2264truncate_line(fixpos)
2265 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2266{
2267 char_u *newp;
2268 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2269 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2270
2271 if (col == 0)
2272 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2273 else
2274 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2275
2276 if (newp == NULL)
2277 return FAIL;
2278
2279 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2280
2281 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2282 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2283
2284 /*
2285 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2286 */
2287 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2288 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2289
2290 return OK;
2291}
2292
2293/*
2294 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2295 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2296 */
2297 void
2298del_lines(nlines, undo)
2299 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2300 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2301{
2302 long n;
2303
2304 if (nlines <= 0)
2305 return;
2306
2307 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
2308 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
2309 return;
2310
2311 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2312 {
2313 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2314 break;
2315
2316 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
2317 ++n;
2318
2319 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
2320 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2321 break;
2322 }
2323 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2324 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
2325
2326 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2327 check_cursor_lnum();
2328}
2329
2330 int
2331gchar_pos(pos)
2332 pos_T *pos;
2333{
2334 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2335
2336#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2337 if (has_mbyte)
2338 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2339#endif
2340 return (int)*ptr;
2341}
2342
2343 int
2344gchar_cursor()
2345{
2346#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2347 if (has_mbyte)
2348 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2349#endif
2350 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2351}
2352
2353/*
2354 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2355 * It is directly written into the block.
2356 */
2357 void
2358pchar_cursor(c)
2359 int c;
2360{
2361 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2362 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2363}
2364
2365#if 0 /* not used */
2366/*
2367 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
2368 */
2369 void
2370goto_endofbuf(pos)
2371 pos_T *pos;
2372{
2373 char_u *p;
2374
2375 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
2376 pos->col = 0;
2377 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
2378 while (*p++)
2379 ++pos->col;
2380}
2381#endif
2382
2383/*
2384 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2385 * non-blank in the line.
2386 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2387 * the line.
2388 */
2389 int
2390inindent(extra)
2391 int extra;
2392{
2393 char_u *ptr;
2394 colnr_T col;
2395
2396 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2397 ++ptr;
2398 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2399 return TRUE;
2400 else
2401 return FALSE;
2402}
2403
2404/*
2405 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2406 */
2407 char_u *
2408skip_to_option_part(p)
2409 char_u *p;
2410{
2411 if (*p == ',')
2412 ++p;
2413 while (*p == ' ')
2414 ++p;
2415 return p;
2416}
2417
2418/*
2419 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
2420 *
2421 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2422 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
2423 */
2424 void
2425changed()
2426{
2427#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2428 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2429 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2430 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2431 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2432 return;
2433 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2434#endif
2435
2436 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2437 {
2438 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2439
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002440 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2441 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002442 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002443
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002444 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2445 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2446 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2447#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2448 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2449#endif
2450 )
2451 {
2452 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2453
2454 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2455 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2456 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2457 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2458 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2459 {
2460 out_flush();
2461 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2462 wait_return(TRUE);
2463 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2464 }
2465 }
2466 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002467 ml_setflags(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002468#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2469 check_status(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002470 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002471#endif
2472#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2473 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2474#endif
2475 }
2476 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002477}
2478
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002479static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2480static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002481static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2482
2483/*
2484 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2485 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2486 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2487 * - invalidates cached values
2488 */
2489 void
2490changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2491 linenr_T lnum;
2492 colnr_T col;
2493{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002494 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002495 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002496
2497#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2498 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2499 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2500 {
2501 win_T *wp;
2502 linenr_T wlnum;
2503
2504 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2505 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2506 {
2507 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2508 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2509 if (wlnum > 0)
2510 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2511 }
2512 }
2513#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002514}
2515
2516 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002517changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2518 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002519 linenr_T lnum;
2520{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002521 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002522 {
2523 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002524 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2525 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2526 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2527 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002528 }
2529 else
2530 {
2531 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002532 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2533 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2534 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2535 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002536 }
2537}
2538
2539/*
2540 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2541 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2542 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2543 */
2544 void
2545appended_lines(lnum, count)
2546 linenr_T lnum;
2547 long count;
2548{
2549 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2550}
2551
2552/*
2553 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2554 */
2555 void
2556appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2557 linenr_T lnum;
2558 long count;
2559{
2560 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2561 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2562}
2563
2564/*
2565 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2566 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2567 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2568 */
2569 void
2570deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2571 linenr_T lnum;
2572 long count;
2573{
2574 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2575}
2576
2577/*
2578 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2579 */
2580 void
2581deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2582 linenr_T lnum;
2583 long count;
2584{
2585 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2586 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2587}
2588
2589/*
2590 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2591 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2592 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2593 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2594 * - invalidate cached values
2595 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2596 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2597 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2598 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
2599 */
2600 void
2601changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2602 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2603 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2604 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2605 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2606{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002607 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2608
2609#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2610 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2611 {
2612 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2613 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2614 * displaying. */
2615 win_T *wp;
2616 linenr_T wlnum;
2617
2618 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2619 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2620 {
2621 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2622 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2623 if (wlnum > 0)
2624 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2625 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2626 }
2627 }
2628#endif
2629
2630 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2631}
2632
2633 static void
2634changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2635 buf_T *buf;
2636 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2637 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2638 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2639{
2640 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002641 {
2642 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002643 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2644 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2645 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002646 {
2647 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002648 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2649 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2650 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002651 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002652 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2653 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2654 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002655 }
2656 else
2657 {
2658 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002659 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2660 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2661 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2662 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002663 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002664}
2665
2666 static void
2667changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2668 linenr_T lnum;
2669 colnr_T col;
2670 linenr_T lnume;
2671 long xtra;
2672{
2673 win_T *wp;
2674 int i;
2675#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2676 int cols;
2677 pos_T *p;
2678 int add;
2679#endif
2680
2681 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2682 changed();
2683
2684 /* set the '. mark */
2685 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2686 {
2687 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2688 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2689
2690#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2691 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2692 * don't have an entry yet. */
2693 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2694 {
2695 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2696 add = TRUE;
2697 else
2698 {
2699 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2700 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2701 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2702 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2703 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2704 add = TRUE;
2705 else
2706 {
2707 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2708 if (cols == 0)
2709 cols = 79;
2710 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2711 }
2712 }
2713 if (add)
2714 {
2715 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2716 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2717 * position in the changelist. */
2718 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2719
2720 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2721 {
2722 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2723 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2724 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2725 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
2726 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2727 {
2728 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2729 * this buffer. */
2730 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2731 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2732 }
2733 }
2734 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2735 {
2736 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2737 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2738 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2739 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2740 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2741 }
2742 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2743 }
2744 }
2745 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2746 curbuf->b_last_change;
2747 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2748 * takes you back to it. */
2749 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2750#endif
2751 }
2752
2753 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2754 {
2755 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2756 {
2757 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2758 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2759 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2760
2761 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2762 * values for the cursor. */
2763#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2764 /*
2765 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2766 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2767 */
2768 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2769
2770 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2771 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2772 * might be displayed differently.
2773 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2774 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2775 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2776 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2777 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2778 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2779 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2780 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2781
2782 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2783 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2784 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2785 {
2786 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2787 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2788 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2789 }
2790#endif
2791
2792 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2793 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2794 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2795 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2796 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2797 {
2798 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2799 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2800 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2801 }
2802
2803 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2804 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2805 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2806 * after the change. */
2807 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2808 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2809 {
2810 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2811 {
2812 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2813 {
2814 /* line included in change */
2815 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2816 }
2817 else if (xtra != 0)
2818 {
2819 /* line below change */
2820 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2821#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2822 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2823#endif
2824 }
2825 }
2826#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2827 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2828 {
2829 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2830 * may need to be redrawn */
2831 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2832 }
2833#endif
2834 }
2835 }
2836 }
2837
2838 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2839 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2840 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2841 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002842
2843#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2844 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
2845 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum && lnume > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2846 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2847#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002848}
2849
2850/*
2851 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2852 */
2853 void
2854unchanged(buf, ff)
2855 buf_T *buf;
2856 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2857{
2858 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2859 {
2860 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002861 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002862 if (ff)
2863 save_file_ff(buf);
2864#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2865 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002866 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002867#endif
2868#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2869 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2870#endif
2871 }
2872 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002873#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2874 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2875#endif
2876}
2877
2878#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2879/*
2880 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2881 * need to be updated
2882 */
2883 void
2884check_status(buf)
2885 buf_T *buf;
2886{
2887 win_T *wp;
2888
2889 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2890 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2891 {
2892 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2893 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2894 must_redraw = VALID;
2895 }
2896}
2897#endif
2898
2899/*
2900 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2901 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2902 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002903 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002904 * will be TRUE.
2905 */
2906 void
2907change_warning(col)
2908 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2909 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2910{
2911 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2912 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2913#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2914 && !autocmd_busy
2915#endif
2916 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2917 {
2918#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002919 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002920 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002921 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002922 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2923 return;
2924#endif
2925 /*
2926 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2927 * be after the mode message.
2928 */
2929 msg_start();
2930 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2931 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002932 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002933 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"),
2934 hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
2935 msg_clr_eos();
2936 (void)msg_end();
2937 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
2938 {
2939 out_flush();
2940 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
2941 }
2942 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
2943 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
2944 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
2945 showmode();
2946 }
2947}
2948
2949/*
2950 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
2951 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
2952 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
2953 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
2954 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
2955 *
2956 * return the 'y' or 'n'
2957 */
2958 int
2959ask_yesno(str, direct)
2960 char_u *str;
2961 int direct;
2962{
2963 int r = ' ';
2964 int save_State = State;
2965
2966 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
2967 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
2968 ++no_wait_return;
2969#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
2970 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
2971#endif
2972 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
2973#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
2974 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
2975#endif
2976 ++no_mapping;
2977 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
2978
2979 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
2980 {
2981 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
2982 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
2983 if (direct)
2984 r = get_keystroke();
2985 else
2986 r = safe_vgetc();
2987 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
2988 r = 'n';
2989 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
2990 out_flush();
2991 }
2992 --no_wait_return;
2993 State = save_State;
2994#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
2995 setmouse();
2996#endif
2997 --no_mapping;
2998 --allow_keys;
2999
3000 return r;
3001}
3002
3003/*
3004 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3005 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3006 * button (used at the more prompt).
3007 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3008 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3009 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3010 */
3011 int
3012get_keystroke()
3013{
3014#define CBUFLEN 151
3015 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3016 int len = 0;
3017 int n;
3018 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
3019
3020 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3021 for (;;)
3022 {
3023 cursor_on();
3024 out_flush();
3025
3026 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3027 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3028 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3029 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3030 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3031 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3032 if (n > 0)
3033 {
3034 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3035 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3036 len += n;
3037 }
3038
3039 /* incomplete termcode: get more characters */
3040 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0)
3041 continue;
3042 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
3043 if (n > 0)
3044 len = n;
3045 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
3046 continue;
3047
3048 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3049 n = buf[0];
3050 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3051 {
3052 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3053 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3054 || n == K_IGNORE
3055#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3056 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3057 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3058 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3059 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3060 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3061 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3062 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3063 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3064 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3065 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3066 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3067 || n == K_MOUSEUP
3068 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3069 || n == K_X1DRAG
3070 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3071 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3072 || n == K_X2DRAG
3073 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3074# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3075 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3076 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3077# endif
3078#endif
3079 )
3080 {
3081 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3082 mod_mask = buf[2];
3083 len -= 3;
3084 if (len > 0)
3085 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3086 continue;
3087 }
3088 }
3089#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3090 if (has_mbyte)
3091 {
3092 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3093 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3094 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3095 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3096 }
3097#endif
3098#ifdef UNIX
3099 if (n == intr_char)
3100 n = ESC;
3101#endif
3102 break;
3103 }
3104
3105 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3106 return n;
3107}
3108
3109/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003110 * Get a number from the user.
3111 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003112 */
3113 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003114get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3115 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3116 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003117{
3118 int n = 0;
3119 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003120 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003121
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003122 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3123 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003125 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3126 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3127 if (msg_silent != 0)
3128 return 0;
3129
3130#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3131 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3132#endif
3133 ++no_mapping;
3134 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3135 for (;;)
3136 {
3137 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3138 c = safe_vgetc();
3139 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3140 {
3141 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3142 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003143 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003144 }
3145 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3146 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003147 if (typed > 0)
3148 {
3149 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3150 --typed;
3151 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003152 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003153 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003154#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3155 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3156 {
3157 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3158 n = mouse_row + 1;
3159 break;
3160 }
3161#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003162 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3163 {
3164 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3165 if (!exmode_active)
3166 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3167 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3168 do_redraw = FALSE;
3169 break;
3170 }
3171 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3172 break;
3173 }
3174 --no_mapping;
3175 --allow_keys;
3176 return n;
3177}
3178
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003179/*
3180 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003181 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3182 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003183 */
3184 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003185prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3186 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003187{
3188 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003189 int save_cmdline_row;
3190 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003191
3192 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003193 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3194 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number or click with mouse (<Enter> cancels): "));
3195 else
3196 MSG_PUTS(_("Choice number (<Enter> cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003197
3198 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted. */
3199 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
3200 cmdline_row = Rows - 1;
3201 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003202 if (mouse_used == NULL)
3203 State = CMDLINE;
3204 else
3205 State = NORMAL;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003206
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003207 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3208 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003209 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003210 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3211 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003212 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3213 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3214 msg_didany = FALSE;
3215 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003216 else
3217 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3218 State = save_State;
3219
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003220 return i;
3221}
3222
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003223 void
3224msgmore(n)
3225 long n;
3226{
3227 long pn;
3228
3229 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003230 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3231 return;
3232
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003233 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3234 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3235 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3236 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3237 return;
3238
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003239 if (n > 0)
3240 pn = n;
3241 else
3242 pn = -n;
3243
3244 if (pn > p_report)
3245 {
3246 if (pn == 1)
3247 {
3248 if (n > 0)
3249 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3250 else
3251 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3252 }
3253 else
3254 {
3255 if (n > 0)
3256 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3257 else
3258 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3259 }
3260 if (got_int)
3261 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3262 if (msg(msg_buf))
3263 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003264 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003265 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003266 }
3267 }
3268}
3269
3270/*
3271 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3272 */
3273 void
3274beep_flush()
3275{
3276 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3277 {
3278 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3279 vim_beep();
3280 }
3281}
3282
3283/*
3284 * give a warning for an error
3285 */
3286 void
3287vim_beep()
3288{
3289 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3290 {
3291 if (p_vb
3292#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3293 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3294 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3295 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3296#endif
3297 )
3298 {
3299 out_str(T_VB);
3300 }
3301 else
3302 {
3303#ifdef MSDOS
3304 /*
3305 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3306 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3307 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3308 */
3309 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3310 {
3311 out_char(BELL);
3312 beep_count = 1;
3313 }
3314 else
3315 ++beep_count;
3316#else
3317 out_char(BELL);
3318#endif
3319 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003320
3321 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3322 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3323 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3324 {
3325 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3326 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3327 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003328 }
3329}
3330
3331/*
3332 * To get the "real" home directory:
3333 * - get value of $HOME
3334 * For Unix:
3335 * - go to that directory
3336 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3337 * This also works with mounts and links.
3338 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3339 */
3340static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3341
3342 void
3343init_homedir()
3344{
3345 char_u *var;
3346
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003347 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3348 vim_free(homedir);
3349 homedir = NULL;
3350
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003351#ifdef VMS
3352 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3353#else
3354 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3355#endif
3356
3357 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3358 var = NULL;
3359
3360#ifdef WIN3264
3361 /*
3362 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3363 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3364 * when $HOME is being set.
3365 */
3366 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3367 {
3368 char_u *p;
3369 char_u *exp;
3370
3371 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3372 if (p != NULL)
3373 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003374 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003375 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3376 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3377 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3378 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003379 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003380 var = NameBuff;
3381 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3382 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3383 }
3384 }
3385 }
3386
3387 /*
3388 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3389 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3390 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3391 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3392 */
3393 if (var == NULL)
3394 {
3395 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3396
3397 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3398 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
3399 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
3400 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3401 {
3402 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3403 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3404 {
3405 var = NameBuff;
3406 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3407 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3408 }
3409 }
3410 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003411
3412# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3413 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3414 {
3415 int len;
3416 char_u *pp;
3417
3418 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3419 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
3420 acp_to_enc(var, STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
3421 if (pp != NULL)
3422 {
3423 homedir = pp;
3424 return;
3425 }
3426 }
3427# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003428#endif
3429
3430#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3431 /*
3432 * Default home dir is C:/
3433 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3434 */
3435 if (var == NULL)
3436 var = "C:/";
3437#endif
3438 if (var != NULL)
3439 {
3440#ifdef UNIX
3441 /*
3442 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3443 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3444 */
3445 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3446 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3447 {
3448 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3449 var = IObuff;
3450 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3451 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3452 }
3453#endif
3454 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3455 }
3456}
3457
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003458#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3459 void
3460free_homedir()
3461{
3462 vim_free(homedir);
3463}
3464#endif
3465
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003466/*
3467 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3468 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
3469 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$".
3470 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3471 */
3472 void
3473expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3474 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3475 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3476 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3477{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003478 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003479}
3480
3481 void
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003482expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, startstr)
3483 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003484 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3485 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3486 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003487 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003488{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003489 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003490 char_u *tail;
3491 int c;
3492 char_u *var;
3493 int copy_char;
3494 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3495 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003496 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003497
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003498 if (startstr != NULL)
3499 startstr_len = STRLEN(startstr);
3500
3501 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003502 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3503 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3504 {
3505 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003506 if ((*src == '$'
3507#ifdef VMS
3508 && at_start
3509#endif
3510 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003511#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3512 || *src == '%'
3513#endif
3514 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3515 {
3516 mustfree = FALSE;
3517
3518 /*
3519 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3520 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3521 */
3522 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3523 {
3524 tail = src + 1;
3525 var = dst;
3526 c = dstlen - 1;
3527
3528#ifdef UNIX
3529 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3530 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3531 {
3532 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3533 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3534 *var++ = *tail++;
3535 }
3536 else
3537#endif
3538 {
3539 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3540#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3541 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3542#endif
3543 ))
3544 {
3545#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3546 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3547 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3548#else
3549 *var++ = *tail++;
3550#endif
3551 }
3552 }
3553
3554#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3555# ifdef UNIX
3556 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3557# else
3558 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3559# endif
3560 var = NULL;
3561 else
3562 {
3563# ifdef UNIX
3564 if (src[1] == '{')
3565# else
3566 if (*src == '%')
3567#endif
3568 ++tail;
3569#endif
3570 *var = NUL;
3571 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3572#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3573 }
3574#endif
3575 }
3576 /* home directory */
3577 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3578 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3579 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3580 {
3581 var = homedir;
3582 tail = src + 1;
3583 }
3584 else /* user directory */
3585 {
3586#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3587 /*
3588 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3589 */
3590 tail = src;
3591 var = dst;
3592 c = dstlen - 1;
3593 while ( c-- > 0
3594 && *tail
3595 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3596 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3597 *var++ = *tail++;
3598 *var = NUL;
3599# ifdef UNIX
3600 /*
3601 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3602 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3603 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3604 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3605 */
3606# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3607 {
3608 struct passwd *pw;
3609
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003610 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3611 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003612 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3613 if (pw != NULL)
3614 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3615 else
3616 var = NULL;
3617 }
3618 if (var == NULL)
3619# endif
3620 {
3621 expand_T xpc;
3622
3623 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3624 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3625 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3626 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
3627 ExpandCleanup(&xpc);
3628 mustfree = TRUE;
3629 }
3630
3631# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3632 /*
3633 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3634 * directories to search for the user account in.
3635 */
3636 {
3637 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3638 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3639 struct stat st;
3640
3641 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3642 next_path = paths;
3643 while (*next_path)
3644 {
3645 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3646 next_path++);
3647 if (*next_path)
3648 *next_path++ = NUL;
3649 STRCPY(test, path);
3650 STRCAT(test, "/");
3651 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3652 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3653 {
3654 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3655 STRCPY(var, test);
3656 mustfree = TRUE;
3657 break;
3658 }
3659 }
3660 }
3661# endif /* UNIX */
3662#else
3663 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3664 var = NULL;
3665 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3666#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3667 }
3668
3669#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3670 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3671 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3672 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3673 {
3674 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3675
3676 if (p != NULL)
3677 {
3678 if (mustfree)
3679 vim_free(var);
3680 var = p;
3681 mustfree = TRUE;
3682 forward_slash(var);
3683 }
3684 }
3685#endif
3686
3687 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3688 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3689 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3690 {
3691 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3692
3693 if (p != NULL)
3694 {
3695 if (mustfree)
3696 vim_free(var);
3697 var = p;
3698 mustfree = TRUE;
3699 }
3700 }
3701
3702 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3703 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3704 {
3705 STRCPY(dst, var);
3706 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003707 c = STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003708 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3709 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003710 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003711#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3712 && dst[-1] != ':'
3713#endif
3714 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3715 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003716 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003717 src = tail;
3718 copy_char = FALSE;
3719 }
3720 if (mustfree)
3721 vim_free(var);
3722 }
3723
3724 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3725 {
3726 /*
3727 * Recogize the start of a new name, for '~'.
3728 */
3729 at_start = FALSE;
3730 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3731 {
3732 *dst++ = *src++;
3733 --dstlen;
3734 }
3735 else if (src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',')
3736 at_start = TRUE;
3737 *dst++ = *src++;
3738 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003739
3740 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3741 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3742 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003743 }
3744 }
3745 *dst = NUL;
3746}
3747
3748/*
3749 * Vim's version of getenv().
3750 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003751 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003752 */
3753 char_u *
3754vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3755 char_u *name;
3756 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3757{
3758 char_u *p;
3759 char_u *pend;
3760 int vimruntime;
3761
3762#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3763 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3764 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3765 return homedir;
3766#endif
3767
3768 p = mch_getenv(name);
3769 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3770 p = NULL;
3771
3772 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003773 {
3774#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3775 if (enc_utf8)
3776 {
3777 int len;
3778 char_u *pp;
3779
3780 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3781 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
3782 acp_to_enc(p, STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
3783 if (pp != NULL)
3784 {
3785 p = pp;
3786 *mustfree = TRUE;
3787 }
3788 }
3789#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003790 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003791 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003792
3793 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3794 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3795 return NULL;
3796
3797 /*
3798 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3799 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3800 */
3801 if (vimruntime
3802#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3803 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3804#endif
3805 )
3806 {
3807 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3808 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3809 p = NULL;
3810 if (p != NULL)
3811 {
3812 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3813 if (p != NULL)
3814 *mustfree = TRUE;
3815 else
3816 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003817
3818#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3819 if (enc_utf8)
3820 {
3821 int len;
3822 char_u *pp;
3823
3824 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3825 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3826 * characters. */
3827 acp_to_enc(p, STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
3828 if (pp != NULL)
3829 {
3830 if (mustfree)
3831 vim_free(p);
3832 p = pp;
3833 *mustfree = TRUE;
3834 }
3835 }
3836#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003837 }
3838 }
3839
3840 /*
3841 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3842 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3843 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3844 */
3845 if (p == NULL)
3846 {
3847 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3848 p = p_hf;
3849#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3850 /*
3851 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3852 */
3853 else
3854 p = exe_name;
3855#endif
3856 if (p != NULL)
3857 {
3858 /* remove the file name */
3859 pend = gettail(p);
3860
3861 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3862 if (p == p_hf)
3863 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3864
3865#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3866# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003867 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003868 if (p == exe_name)
3869 {
3870 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003871 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003872
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003873 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3874 if (pend1 != pend)
3875 {
3876 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
3877 if (pnew != NULL)
3878 {
3879 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
3880 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
3881 p = pnew;
3882 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
3883 }
3884 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003885 }
3886# endif
3887 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
3888 if (p == exe_name)
3889 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
3890#endif
3891
3892 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
3893 if (!vimruntime)
3894 {
3895 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
3896 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
3897 }
3898
3899 /* remove trailing path separator */
3900#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
3901 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
3902 /* to avoid confusion between absoulute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003903 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003904 --pend;
3905#endif
3906
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003907#ifdef MACOS_X
3908 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
3909#endif
3910 /* check that the result is a directory name */
3911 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003912
3913 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
3914 {
3915 vim_free(p);
3916 p = NULL;
3917 }
3918 else
3919 {
3920#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3921 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
3922 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
3923 {
3924 vim_free(p);
3925 p = pend;
3926 }
3927#endif
3928 *mustfree = TRUE;
3929 }
3930 }
3931 }
3932
3933#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3934 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
3935 * default_vimruntime_dir */
3936 if (p == NULL)
3937 {
3938 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
3939 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
3940 {
3941 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
3942 *mustfree = FALSE;
3943 }
3944 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
3945 {
3946 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
3947 *mustfree = TRUE;
3948 else
3949 {
3950 p = default_vim_dir;
3951 *mustfree = FALSE;
3952 }
3953 }
3954 }
3955#endif
3956
3957 /*
3958 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
3959 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
3960 */
3961 if (p != NULL)
3962 {
3963 if (vimruntime)
3964 {
3965 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
3966 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
3967#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
3968 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00003969 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003970
3971 if (buf != NULL)
3972 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003973 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
3974 vim_free(buf);
3975 }
3976 }
3977#endif
3978 }
3979 else
3980 {
3981 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
3982 didset_vim = TRUE;
3983 }
3984 }
3985 return p;
3986}
3987
3988/*
3989 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
3990 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
3991 */
3992 static char_u *
3993vim_version_dir(vimdir)
3994 char_u *vimdir;
3995{
3996 char_u *p;
3997
3998 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
3999 return NULL;
4000 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4001 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4002 return p;
4003 vim_free(p);
4004 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4005 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4006 return p;
4007 vim_free(p);
4008 return NULL;
4009}
4010
4011/*
4012 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4013 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4014 */
4015 static char_u *
4016remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4017 char_u *p;
4018 char_u *pend;
4019 char_u *name;
4020{
4021 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4022 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4023
4024 if (newend >= p
4025 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004026 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004027 return newend;
4028 return pend;
4029}
4030
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004031/*
4032 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
4033 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
4034 * again soon.
4035 */
4036 char_u *
4037expand_env_save(src)
4038 char_u *src;
4039{
4040 char_u *p;
4041
4042 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
4043 if (p != NULL)
4044 expand_env(src, p, MAXPATHL);
4045 return p;
4046}
4047
4048/*
4049 * Our portable version of setenv.
4050 */
4051 void
4052vim_setenv(name, val)
4053 char_u *name;
4054 char_u *val;
4055{
4056#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4057 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4058#else
4059 char_u *envbuf;
4060
4061 /*
4062 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4063 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4064 */
4065 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4066 if (envbuf != NULL)
4067 {
4068 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4069 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4070 }
4071#endif
4072}
4073
4074#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4075/*
4076 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4077 */
4078/*ARGSUSED*/
4079 char_u *
4080get_env_name(xp, idx)
4081 expand_T *xp;
4082 int idx;
4083{
4084# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4085 /*
4086 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4087 */
4088 return NULL;
4089# else
4090# ifndef __WIN32__
4091 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4092 extern char **environ;
4093# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004094# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4095 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004096 char_u *str;
4097 int n;
4098
4099 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4100 if (str == NULL)
4101 return NULL;
4102
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004103 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004104 {
4105 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4106 break;
4107 name[n] = str[n];
4108 }
4109 name[n] = NUL;
4110 return name;
4111# endif
4112}
4113#endif
4114
4115/*
4116 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4117 * 'src'.
4118 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4119 */
4120 void
4121home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4122 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4123 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4124 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4125 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4126 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4127 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4128{
4129 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4130 size_t len;
4131 char_u *homedir_env;
4132 char_u *p;
4133
4134 if (src == NULL)
4135 {
4136 *dst = NUL;
4137 return;
4138 }
4139
4140 /*
4141 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4142 */
4143 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4144 {
4145 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4146 return;
4147 }
4148
4149 /*
4150 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4151 * "real" home directory.
4152 */
4153 if (homedir != NULL)
4154 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4155
4156#ifdef VMS
4157 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4158#else
4159 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4160#endif
4161
4162 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4163 homedir_env = NULL;
4164 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4165 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4166
4167 if (!one)
4168 src = skipwhite(src);
4169 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4170 {
4171 /*
4172 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4173 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4174 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4175 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4176 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4177 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4178 * er's home directory)).
4179 */
4180 p = homedir;
4181 len = dirlen;
4182 for (;;)
4183 {
4184 if ( len
4185 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4186 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4187 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4188 || src[len] == NUL))
4189 {
4190 src += len;
4191 if (--dstlen > 0)
4192 *dst++ = '~';
4193
4194 /*
4195 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4196 */
4197 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4198 *dst++ = '/';
4199 break;
4200 }
4201 if (p == homedir_env)
4202 break;
4203 p = homedir_env;
4204 len = envlen;
4205 }
4206
4207 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4208 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4209 *dst++ = *src++;
4210 /* skip separator */
4211 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4212 *dst++ = *src++;
4213 }
4214 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4215
4216 *dst = NUL;
4217}
4218
4219/*
4220 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4221 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4222 */
4223 char_u *
4224home_replace_save(buf, src)
4225 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4226 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4227{
4228 char_u *dst;
4229 unsigned len;
4230
4231 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4232 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4233 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4234 dst = alloc(len);
4235 if (dst != NULL)
4236 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4237 return dst;
4238}
4239
4240/*
4241 * Compare two file names and return:
4242 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4243 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4244 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4245 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4246 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4247 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4248 */
4249 int
4250fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4251 char_u *s1, *s2;
4252 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4253{
4254#ifdef UNIX
4255 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4256 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4257 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4258 struct stat st1, st2;
4259 int r1, r2;
4260
4261 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4262 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4263 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4264 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4265 {
4266 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4267 if (checkname)
4268 {
4269 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4270 return FPC_SAMEX;
4271 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4272 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4273 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4274 return FPC_SAMEX;
4275 }
4276 return FPC_NOTX;
4277 }
4278 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4279 return FPC_DIFFX;
4280 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4281 return FPC_SAME;
4282 return FPC_DIFF;
4283#else
4284 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4285 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4286 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4287 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4288 int r1, r2;
4289
4290 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4291 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4292 {
4293 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4294 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4295
4296 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4297 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4298 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4299
4300 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4301 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4302 {
4303 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4304 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4305 else
4306 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4307 }
4308 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4309 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4310 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4311 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4312 else
4313 retval = FPC_SAME;
4314 vim_free(exp1);
4315 }
4316 return retval;
4317#endif
4318}
4319
4320/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004321 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
4322 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004323 */
4324 char_u *
4325gettail(fname)
4326 char_u *fname;
4327{
4328 char_u *p1, *p2;
4329
4330 if (fname == NULL)
4331 return (char_u *)"";
4332 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4333 {
4334 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4335 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004336 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004337 }
4338 return p1;
4339}
4340
4341/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004342 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4343 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4344 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4345 */
4346 char_u *
4347gettail_sep(fname)
4348 char_u *fname;
4349{
4350 char_u *p;
4351 char_u *t;
4352
4353 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4354 t = gettail(fname);
4355 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4356 --t;
4357#ifdef VMS
4358 /* path separator is part of the path */
4359 ++t;
4360#endif
4361 return t;
4362}
4363
4364/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004365 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4366 */
4367 char_u *
4368getnextcomp(fname)
4369 char_u *fname;
4370{
4371 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004372 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004373 if (*fname)
4374 ++fname;
4375 return fname;
4376}
4377
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004378/*
4379 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4380 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4381 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4382 */
4383 char_u *
4384get_past_head(path)
4385 char_u *path;
4386{
4387 char_u *retval;
4388
4389#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4390 /* may skip "c:" */
4391 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4392 retval = path + 2;
4393 else
4394 retval = path;
4395#else
4396# if defined(AMIGA)
4397 /* may skip "label:" */
4398 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4399 if (retval == NULL)
4400 retval = path;
4401# else /* Unix */
4402 retval = path;
4403# endif
4404#endif
4405
4406 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4407 ++retval;
4408
4409 return retval;
4410}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004411
4412/*
4413 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4414 */
4415 int
4416vim_ispathsep(c)
4417 int c;
4418{
4419#ifdef RISCOS
4420 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4421#else
4422# ifdef UNIX
4423 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4424# else
4425# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4426 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4427# else
4428# ifdef VMS
4429 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4430 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4431 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004432# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004433 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004434# endif /* VMS */
4435# endif
4436# endif
4437#endif /* RISC OS */
4438}
4439
4440#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4441/*
4442 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4443 */
4444 int
4445vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4446 int c;
4447{
4448#ifdef UNIX
4449 return (c == ':');
4450#else
4451 return (c == ';'); /* might not be rigth for every system... */
4452#endif
4453}
4454#endif
4455
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004456#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4457 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4458/*
4459 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4460 * It's done in-place.
4461 */
4462 void
4463shorten_dir(str)
4464 char_u *str;
4465{
4466 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4467 int skip = FALSE;
4468
4469 tail = gettail(str);
4470 d = str;
4471 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4472 {
4473 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4474 {
4475 *d++ = *s;
4476 if (*s == NUL)
4477 break;
4478 }
4479 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4480 {
4481 *d++ = *s;
4482 skip = FALSE;
4483 }
4484 else if (!skip)
4485 {
4486 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4487 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4488 skip = TRUE;
4489# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4490 if (has_mbyte)
4491 {
4492 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4493
4494 while (--l > 0)
4495 *d++ = *s++;
4496 }
4497# endif
4498 }
4499 }
4500}
4501#endif
4502
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004503/*
4504 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4505 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4506 * "fname" must be writable!.
4507 */
4508 int
4509dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4510 char_u *fname;
4511{
4512 char_u *p;
4513 int c;
4514 int retval;
4515
4516 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4517 if (p == fname)
4518 return TRUE;
4519 c = *p;
4520 *p = NUL;
4521 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4522 *p = c;
4523 return retval;
4524}
4525
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004526#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4527 || defined(PROTO)
4528/*
4529 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4530 */
4531 int
4532vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4533 char_u *x, *y;
4534{
4535 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4536}
4537
4538 int
4539vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4540 char_u *x, *y;
4541 size_t len;
4542{
4543 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4544 {
4545 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4546 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4547 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4548 break;
4549 ++x;
4550 ++y;
4551 --len;
4552 }
4553 if (len == 0)
4554 return 0;
4555 return (*x - *y);
4556}
4557#endif
4558
4559/*
4560 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
4561 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is neccesary.
4562 */
4563 char_u *
4564concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4565 char_u *fname1;
4566 char_u *fname2;
4567 int sep;
4568{
4569 char_u *dest;
4570
4571 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4572 if (dest != NULL)
4573 {
4574 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4575 if (sep)
4576 add_pathsep(dest);
4577 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4578 }
4579 return dest;
4580}
4581
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004582#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
4583/*
4584 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4585 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4586 */
4587 char_u *
4588concat_str(str1, str2)
4589 char_u *str1;
4590 char_u *str2;
4591{
4592 char_u *dest;
4593 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4594
4595 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4596 if (dest != NULL)
4597 {
4598 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4599 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4600 }
4601 return dest;
4602}
4603#endif
4604
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004605/*
4606 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4607 * separator.
4608 */
4609 void
4610add_pathsep(p)
4611 char_u *p;
4612{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004613 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004614 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4615}
4616
4617/*
4618 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4619 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4620 */
4621 char_u *
4622FullName_save(fname, force)
4623 char_u *fname;
4624 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4625 like a full path name */
4626{
4627 char_u *buf;
4628 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4629
4630 if (fname == NULL)
4631 return NULL;
4632
4633 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4634 if (buf != NULL)
4635 {
4636 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4637 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4638 else
4639 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4640 vim_free(buf);
4641 }
4642 return new_fname;
4643}
4644
4645#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4646
4647static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4648
4649/*
4650 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4651 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4652 */
4653 pos_T *
4654find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4655 int ind_maxcomment;
4656{
4657 pos_T *pos;
4658 char_u *line;
4659 char_u *p;
4660
4661 if ((pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, ind_maxcomment)) == NULL)
4662 return NULL;
4663
4664 /*
4665 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4666 */
4667 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
4668 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
4669 p = skip_string(p);
4670 if ((unsigned)(p - line) > pos->col)
4671 return NULL;
4672 return pos;
4673}
4674
4675/*
4676 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4677 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4678 */
4679 static char_u *
4680skip_string(p)
4681 char_u *p;
4682{
4683 int i;
4684
4685 /*
4686 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4687 */
4688 for ( ; ; ++p)
4689 {
4690 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4691 {
4692 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4693 break;
4694 i = 2;
4695 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4696 {
4697 ++i;
4698 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4699 ++i;
4700 }
4701 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4702 {
4703 p += i;
4704 continue;
4705 }
4706 }
4707 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4708 {
4709 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4710 {
4711 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4712 ++p;
4713 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4714 break;
4715 }
4716 if (p[0] == '"')
4717 continue;
4718 }
4719 break; /* no string found */
4720 }
4721 if (!*p)
4722 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4723 return p;
4724}
4725#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4726
4727#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4728
4729/*
4730 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4731 */
4732 void
4733do_c_expr_indent()
4734{
4735# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4736 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4737 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4738 else
4739# endif
4740 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4741}
4742
4743/*
4744 * Functions for C-indenting.
4745 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4746 */
4747/*
4748 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4749 */
4750
4751static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4752static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4753static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4754static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4755static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4756static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4757static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4758static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4759static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4760static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4761static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4762static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4763static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4764static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4765static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4766static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4767static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4768static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4769static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4770static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4771static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
4772static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
4773static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((char_u *line, colnr_T *col));
4774static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4775static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4776static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4777static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4778static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4779static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4780static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4781
4782/*
4783 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
4784 */
4785 static char_u *
4786cin_skipcomment(s)
4787 char_u *s;
4788{
4789 while (*s)
4790 {
4791 s = skipwhite(s);
4792 if (*s != '/')
4793 break;
4794 ++s;
4795 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4796 {
4797 s += STRLEN(s);
4798 break;
4799 }
4800 if (*s != '*')
4801 break;
4802 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4803 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4804 {
4805 s += 2;
4806 break;
4807 }
4808 }
4809 return s;
4810}
4811
4812/*
4813 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4814 * not considered code.
4815 */
4816 static int
4817cin_nocode(s)
4818 char_u *s;
4819{
4820 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4821}
4822
4823/*
4824 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4825 */
4826 static pos_T *
4827find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4828{
4829 static pos_T pos;
4830 char_u *line;
4831 char_u *p;
4832
4833 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4834 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4835 {
4836 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4837 p = skipwhite(line);
4838 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4839 {
4840 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
4841 return &pos;
4842 }
4843 if (*p != NUL)
4844 break;
4845 }
4846 return NULL;
4847}
4848
4849/*
4850 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
4851 */
4852 static int
4853cin_islabel_skip(s)
4854 char_u **s;
4855{
4856 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
4857 return FALSE;
4858
4859 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
4860 (*s)++;
4861
4862 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
4863
4864 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
4865 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
4866}
4867
4868/*
4869 * Recognize a label: "label:".
4870 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
4871 */
4872 int
4873cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4874 int ind_maxcomment;
4875{
4876 char_u *s;
4877
4878 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4879
4880 /*
4881 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
4882 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
4883 */
4884 if (cin_isdefault(s))
4885 return FALSE;
4886 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
4887 return FALSE;
4888
4889 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
4890 {
4891 /*
4892 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
4893 * label.
4894 */
4895 pos_T cursor_save;
4896 pos_T *trypos;
4897 char_u *line;
4898
4899 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
4900 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
4901 {
4902 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4903
4904 /*
4905 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
4906 */
4907 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
4908 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
4909 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
4910
4911 line = ml_get_curline();
4912 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
4913 continue;
4914 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
4915 continue;
4916
4917 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
4918 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
4919 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
4920 || cin_iscase(line)
4921 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
4922 return TRUE;
4923 return FALSE;
4924 }
4925 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
4926 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
4927 }
4928 return FALSE;
4929}
4930
4931/*
4932 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
4933 * Q&D-Implementation:
4934 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
4935 */
4936 static int
4937cin_isinit(void)
4938{
4939 char_u *s;
4940
4941 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4942
4943 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
4944 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
4945
4946 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
4947 return TRUE;
4948
4949 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
4950 return TRUE;
4951
4952 return FALSE;
4953}
4954
4955/*
4956 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
4957 */
4958 int
4959cin_iscase(s)
4960 char_u *s;
4961{
4962 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
4963 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
4964 {
4965 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
4966 {
4967 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
4968 if (*s == ':')
4969 {
4970 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
4971 ++s;
4972 else
4973 return TRUE;
4974 }
4975 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
4976 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
4977 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
4978 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
4979 else if (*s == '"')
4980 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
4981 }
4982 return FALSE;
4983 }
4984
4985 if (cin_isdefault(s))
4986 return TRUE;
4987 return FALSE;
4988}
4989
4990/*
4991 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
4992 */
4993 static int
4994cin_isdefault(s)
4995 char_u *s;
4996{
4997 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
4998 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
4999 && s[1] != ':');
5000}
5001
5002/*
5003 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
5004 */
5005 int
5006cin_isscopedecl(s)
5007 char_u *s;
5008{
5009 int i;
5010
5011 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5012 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5013 i = 6;
5014 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5015 i = 9;
5016 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5017 i = 7;
5018 else
5019 return FALSE;
5020 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5021}
5022
5023/*
5024 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5025 * Return NULL if not found.
5026 * case 234: a = b;
5027 * ^
5028 */
5029 static char_u *
5030after_label(l)
5031 char_u *l;
5032{
5033 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5034 {
5035 if (*l == ':')
5036 {
5037 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5038 ++l;
5039 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
5040 break;
5041 }
5042 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5043 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5044 }
5045 if (*l == NUL)
5046 return NULL;
5047 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5048 if (*l == NUL)
5049 return NULL;
5050 return l;
5051}
5052
5053/*
5054 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5055 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5056 */
5057 static int
5058get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5059 linenr_T lnum;
5060{
5061 char_u *l;
5062 pos_T fp;
5063 colnr_T col;
5064 char_u *p;
5065
5066 l = ml_get(lnum);
5067 p = after_label(l);
5068 if (p == NULL)
5069 return 0;
5070
5071 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5072 fp.lnum = lnum;
5073 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5074 return (int)col;
5075}
5076
5077/*
5078 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
5079 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label).
5080 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5081 * ^
5082 */
5083 static int
5084skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5085 linenr_T lnum;
5086 char_u **pp;
5087 int ind_maxcomment;
5088{
5089 char_u *l;
5090 int amount;
5091 pos_T cursor_save;
5092
5093 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5094 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5095 l = ml_get_curline();
5096 /* XXX */
5097 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
5098 {
5099 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5100 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5101 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5102 l = ml_get_curline();
5103 }
5104 else
5105 {
5106 amount = get_indent();
5107 l = ml_get_curline();
5108 }
5109 *pp = l;
5110
5111 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5112 return amount;
5113}
5114
5115/*
5116 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5117 * int a, indent of "a"
5118 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5119 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5120 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5121 */
5122 static int
5123cin_first_id_amount()
5124{
5125 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5126 int len;
5127 pos_T fp;
5128 colnr_T col;
5129
5130 line = ml_get_curline();
5131 p = skipwhite(line);
5132 len = skiptowhite(p) - p;
5133 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5134 {
5135 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5136 len = skiptowhite(p) - p;
5137 }
5138 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5139 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5140 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5141 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5142 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5143 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5144 {
5145 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5146 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5147 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5148 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5149 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5150 p = s;
5151 }
5152 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5153 ;
5154 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5155 return 0;
5156
5157 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5158 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5159 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5160 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5161 return (int)col;
5162}
5163
5164/*
5165 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5166 * char *foo = "here";
5167 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5168 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5169 * foo = "asdf\
5170 * asdf\
5171 * here";
5172 */
5173 static int
5174cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5175 linenr_T lnum;
5176{
5177 char_u *line;
5178 char_u *s;
5179 colnr_T col;
5180 pos_T fp;
5181
5182 if (lnum > 1)
5183 {
5184 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5185 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5186 return -1;
5187 }
5188
5189 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5190 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5191 {
5192 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5193 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5194 else
5195 ++s;
5196 }
5197 if (*s != '=')
5198 return 0;
5199
5200 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5201 if (cin_nocode(s))
5202 return 0;
5203
5204 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5205 ++s;
5206
5207 fp.lnum = lnum;
5208 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5209 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5210 return (int)col;
5211}
5212
5213/*
5214 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5215 */
5216 static int
5217cin_ispreproc(s)
5218 char_u *s;
5219{
5220 s = skipwhite(s);
5221 if (*s == '#')
5222 return TRUE;
5223 return FALSE;
5224}
5225
5226/*
5227 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5228 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5229 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5230 */
5231 static int
5232cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5233 char_u **pp;
5234 linenr_T *lnump;
5235{
5236 char_u *line = *pp;
5237 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5238 int retval = FALSE;
5239
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005240 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005241 {
5242 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5243 {
5244 retval = TRUE;
5245 *lnump = lnum;
5246 break;
5247 }
5248 if (lnum == 1)
5249 break;
5250 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5251 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5252 break;
5253 }
5254
5255 if (lnum != *lnump)
5256 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5257 return retval;
5258}
5259
5260/*
5261 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5262 */
5263 static int
5264cin_iscomment(p)
5265 char_u *p;
5266{
5267 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5268}
5269
5270/*
5271 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5272 */
5273 static int
5274cin_islinecomment(p)
5275 char_u *p;
5276{
5277 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5278}
5279
5280/*
5281 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5282 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5283 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5284 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5285 */
5286 static int
5287cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5288 char_u *s;
5289 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5290 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5291{
5292 char_u found_start = 0;
5293
5294 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5295
5296 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5297 found_start = *s;
5298
5299 while (*s)
5300 {
5301 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5302 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5303 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5304 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5305 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5306 return *s;
5307
5308 if (*s)
5309 s++;
5310 }
5311 return found_start;
5312}
5313
5314/*
5315 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5316 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5317 * no semicolons anywhere.
5318 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5319 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5320 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5321 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5322 */
5323 static int
5324cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5325 char_u **sp;
5326 linenr_T first_lnum;
5327{
5328 char_u *s;
5329 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5330 int retval = FALSE;
5331
5332 if (sp == NULL)
5333 s = ml_get(lnum);
5334 else
5335 s = *sp;
5336
5337 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5338 {
5339 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5340 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5341 else
5342 ++s;
5343 }
5344 if (*s != '(')
5345 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5346
5347 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5348 {
5349 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5350 {
5351 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5352 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5353 * #if defined(x) && \
5354 * defined(y)
5355 */
5356 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5357 s = ml_get(lnum);
5358 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5359 retval = TRUE;
5360 goto done;
5361 }
5362 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5363 {
5364 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5365 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5366 break;
5367
5368 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5369 }
5370 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5371 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5372 else
5373 ++s;
5374 }
5375
5376done:
5377 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5378 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5379
5380 return retval;
5381}
5382
5383 static int
5384cin_isif(p)
5385 char_u *p;
5386{
5387 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5388}
5389
5390 static int
5391cin_iselse(p)
5392 char_u *p;
5393{
5394 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5395 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5396 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5397}
5398
5399 static int
5400cin_isdo(p)
5401 char_u *p;
5402{
5403 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5404}
5405
5406/*
5407 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5408 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5409 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5410 */
5411 static int
5412cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5413 char_u *p;
5414 linenr_T lnum;
5415 int ind_maxparen;
5416{
5417 pos_T cursor_save;
5418 pos_T *trypos;
5419 int retval = FALSE;
5420
5421 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5422 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5423 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5424 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5425 {
5426 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5427 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5428 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5429 p = ml_get_curline();
5430 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5431 {
5432 ++p;
5433 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5434 }
5435 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5436 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5437 retval = TRUE;
5438 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5439 }
5440 return retval;
5441}
5442
5443 static int
5444cin_isbreak(p)
5445 char_u *p;
5446{
5447 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5448}
5449
5450/* Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
5451 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5452 *
5453 * class MyClass :
5454 * baseClass <-- here
5455 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5456 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5457 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5458 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005459 *
5460 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005461 */
5462 static int
5463cin_is_cpp_baseclass(line, col)
5464 char_u *line;
5465 colnr_T *col;
5466{
5467 char_u *s;
5468 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
5469
5470 *col = 0;
5471
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005472 s = skipwhite(line);
5473 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5474 return FALSE;
5475 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005476 if (*s == NUL)
5477 return FALSE;
5478
5479 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5480
5481 while(*s != NUL)
5482 {
5483 if (s[0] == ':')
5484 {
5485 if (s[1] == ':')
5486 {
5487 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5488 * initialization any more */
5489 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5490 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5491 }
5492 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5493 {
5494 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
5495 * cpp-base-class-declaration or contructor-initialization */
5496 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5497 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5498 *col = 0;
5499 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5500 }
5501 else
5502 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5503 }
5504 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5505 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5506 {
5507 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5508 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5509
5510 if (*s == 'c')
5511 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5512 else
5513 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5514 }
5515 else
5516 {
5517 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5518 {
5519 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5520 }
5521 else if (s[0] == ')')
5522 {
5523 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5524 * something like "):" */
5525 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5526 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5527 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005528 else if (s[0] == '?')
5529 {
5530 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5531 return FALSE;
5532 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005533 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5534 {
5535 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5536 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5537 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5538 }
5539 else if (*col == 0)
5540 {
5541 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5542 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5543
5544 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
5545 if (cpp_base_class && *col == 0)
5546 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5547 }
5548
5549 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5550 }
5551 }
5552
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005553 if (cpp_base_class && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
5554 {
5555 /* Check that there is no '?' in the previous line to catch:
5556 * a = cond ?
5557 * func() :
5558 * asdf;
5559 */
5560 s = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
5561 if (!cin_ispreproc(s))
5562 while (*s != NUL)
5563 {
5564 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5565 if (*s == '?')
5566 /* Disable when finding a '?'... */
5567 cpp_base_class = FALSE;
5568 else if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5569 {
5570 /* ...but re-enable when the line ends in ';'. */
5571 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5572 break;
5573 }
5574 if (*s != NUL)
5575 ++s;
5576 }
5577 }
5578
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005579 return cpp_base_class;
5580}
5581
5582/*
5583 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5584 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5585 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5586 */
5587 static int
5588cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5589 char_u *s;
5590 char_u *find;
5591 char_u *ignore;
5592{
5593 char_u *p = s;
5594 char_u *r;
5595 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5596
5597 while (*p != NUL)
5598 {
5599 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5600 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5601 {
5602 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5603 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5604 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5605 if (cin_nocode(r))
5606 return TRUE;
5607 }
5608 if (*p != NUL)
5609 ++p;
5610 }
5611 return FALSE;
5612}
5613
5614/*
5615 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5616 * Return the column found.
5617 */
5618 static int
5619cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5620 pos_T *trypos;
5621{
5622 char_u *line;
5623 char_u *p;
5624
5625 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5626 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5627 {
5628 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5629 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5630 else
5631 {
5632 p = skip_string(p);
5633 ++p;
5634 }
5635 }
5636 return (int)(p - line);
5637}
5638
5639/*
5640 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5641 * Return NULL if no match found.
5642 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5643 * work. */
5644/* foo() */
5645/* { */
5646/* } */
5647
5648 static pos_T *
5649find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5650 int ind_maxcomment;
5651{
5652 pos_T cursor_save;
5653 pos_T *trypos;
5654 pos_T *pos;
5655 static pos_T pos_copy;
5656
5657 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5658 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5659 {
5660 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5661 trypos = &pos_copy;
5662 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5663 pos = NULL;
5664 /* ignore the { if it's in a // comment */
5665 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5666 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5667 break;
5668 if (pos != NULL)
5669 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5670 }
5671 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5672 return trypos;
5673}
5674
5675/*
5676 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5677 * Return NULL of no match found.
5678 */
5679 static pos_T *
5680find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5681 int ind_maxparen;
5682 int ind_maxcomment;
5683{
5684 pos_T cursor_save;
5685 pos_T *trypos;
5686 static pos_T pos_copy;
5687
5688 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5689 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5690 {
5691 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5692 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5693 trypos = NULL;
5694 else
5695 {
5696 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5697 trypos = &pos_copy;
5698 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5699 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5700 trypos = NULL;
5701 }
5702 }
5703 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5704 return trypos;
5705}
5706
5707/*
5708 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5709 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5710 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5711 * looking a few lines further.
5712 */
5713 static int
5714corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
5715 int ind_maxparen;
5716 pos_T *startpos;
5717{
5718 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5719
5720 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
5721 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
5722 return ind_maxparen;
5723}
5724
5725/*
5726 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
5727 * line "l".
5728 */
5729 static int
5730find_last_paren(l, start, end)
5731 char_u *l;
5732 int start, end;
5733{
5734 int i;
5735 int retval = FALSE;
5736 int open_count = 0;
5737
5738 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
5739
5740 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
5741 {
5742 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
5743 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
5744 if (l[i] == start)
5745 ++open_count;
5746 else if (l[i] == end)
5747 {
5748 if (open_count > 0)
5749 --open_count;
5750 else
5751 {
5752 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5753 retval = TRUE;
5754 }
5755 }
5756 }
5757 return retval;
5758}
5759
5760 int
5761get_c_indent()
5762{
5763 /*
5764 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
5765 * block should be
5766 */
5767 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5768
5769 /*
5770 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
5771 * line is imagined to be.
5772 */
5773 int ind_open_imag = 0;
5774
5775 /*
5776 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
5777 * an opening brace.
5778 */
5779 int ind_no_brace = 0;
5780
5781 /*
5782 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
5783 */
5784 int ind_first_open = 0;
5785
5786 /*
5787 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
5788 * located
5789 */
5790 int ind_open_extra = 0;
5791
5792 /*
5793 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
5794 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
5795 * brace should be located
5796 */
5797 int ind_close_extra = 0;
5798
5799 /*
5800 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
5801 * column is imagined to be
5802 */
5803 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
5804
5805 /*
5806 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
5807 */
5808 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5809
5810 /*
5811 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
5812 */
5813 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5814
5815 /*
5816 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
5817 */
5818 int ind_case_break = 0;
5819
5820 /*
5821 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
5822 * should be located
5823 */
5824 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5825
5826 /*
5827 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
5828 */
5829 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5830
5831 /*
5832 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
5833 */
5834 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5835
5836 /*
5837 * amount a function type spec should be indented
5838 */
5839 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5840
5841 /*
5842 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
5843 * should be indented
5844 */
5845 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5846
5847 /*
5848 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
5849 * should be located
5850 */
5851 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5852
5853 /*
5854 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
5855 */
5856 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
5857
5858 /*
5859 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
5860 * itself is also unclosed
5861 */
5862 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5863
5864 /*
5865 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
5866 * unclosed parentheses.
5867 */
5868 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
5869
5870 /*
5871 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
5872 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
5873 * context (for very long lines).
5874 */
5875 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
5876
5877 /*
5878 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
5879 * an unclosed parentheses.
5880 */
5881 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
5882
5883 /*
5884 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
5885 * opening parentheses.
5886 */
5887 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
5888
5889 /*
5890 * Extra indent for comments.
5891 */
5892 int ind_comment = 0;
5893
5894 /*
5895 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
5896 */
5897 int ind_in_comment = 3;
5898
5899 /*
5900 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
5901 * after the comment opener.
5902 */
5903 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
5904
5905 /*
5906 * max lines to search for an open paren
5907 */
5908 int ind_maxparen = 20;
5909
5910 /*
5911 * max lines to search for an open comment
5912 */
5913 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
5914
5915 /*
5916 * handle braces for java code
5917 */
5918 int ind_java = 0;
5919
5920 /*
5921 * handle blocked cases correctly
5922 */
5923 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
5924
5925 pos_T cur_curpos;
5926 int amount;
5927 int scope_amount;
5928 int cur_amount;
5929 colnr_T col;
5930 char_u *theline;
5931 char_u *linecopy;
5932 pos_T *trypos;
5933 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
5934 pos_T our_paren_pos;
5935 char_u *start;
5936 int start_brace;
5937#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in comumn 0 */
5938#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
5939#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
5940 linenr_T ourscope;
5941 char_u *l;
5942 char_u *look;
5943 char_u terminated;
5944 int lookfor;
5945#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
5946#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
5947#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
5948#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
5949#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
5950#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
5951#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
5952#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
5953#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
5954#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
5955#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
5956
5957 int whilelevel;
5958 linenr_T lnum;
5959 char_u *options;
5960 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
5961 int divider;
5962 int n;
5963 int iscase;
5964 int lookfor_break;
5965 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
5966
5967 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
5968 {
5969 l = options++;
5970 if (*options == '-')
5971 ++options;
5972 n = getdigits(&options);
5973 divider = 0;
5974 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
5975 {
5976 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
5977 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
5978 {
5979 ++options;
5980 if (divider)
5981 divider *= 10;
5982 else
5983 divider = 10;
5984 }
5985 }
5986 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
5987 {
5988 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
5989 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
5990 else
5991 {
5992 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
5993 if (divider)
5994 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
5995 }
5996 ++options;
5997 }
5998 if (l[1] == '-')
5999 n = -n;
6000 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
6001 * change.txt, and add explanation for it! */
6002 switch (*l)
6003 {
6004 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6005 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6006 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6007 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6008 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6009 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6010 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
6011 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6012 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6013 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6014 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6015 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6016 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6017 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6018 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6019 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6020 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6021 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6022 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6023 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6024 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6025 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6026 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
6027 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6028 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6029 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6030 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6031 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
6032 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
6033 }
6034 }
6035
6036 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6037 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6038
6039 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6040 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6041 * ml_get is valid! */
6042 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6043 if (linecopy == NULL)
6044 return 0;
6045
6046 /*
6047 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6048 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6049 * inserting new stuff.
6050 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6051 * check for that.
6052 */
6053 if ((State & INSERT)
6054 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
6055 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6056 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6057
6058 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6059
6060 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6061
6062 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6063
6064 /*
6065 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6066 */
6067 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6068 {
6069 amount = 0;
6070 }
6071
6072 /*
6073 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
6074 */
6075 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
6076 {
6077 amount = 0;
6078 }
6079
6080 /*
6081 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6082 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6083 */
6084 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6085 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6086 {
6087 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6088 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6089 amount = col;
6090 }
6091
6092 /*
6093 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6094 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6095 */
6096 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6097 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6098 {
6099 int lead_start_len = 2;
6100 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6101 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6102 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6103 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6104 char_u *p;
6105 int start_align = 0;
6106 int start_off = 0;
6107 int done = FALSE;
6108
6109 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6110 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6111 amount = col;
6112
6113 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6114 while (*p != NUL)
6115 {
6116 int align = 0;
6117 int off = 0;
6118 int what = 0;
6119
6120 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6121 {
6122 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6123 what = *p++;
6124 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6125 align = *p++;
6126 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6127 off = getdigits(&p);
6128 else
6129 ++p;
6130 }
6131
6132 if (*p == ':')
6133 ++p;
6134 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6135 if (what == COM_START)
6136 {
6137 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6138 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6139 start_off = off;
6140 start_align = align;
6141 }
6142 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6143 {
6144 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6145 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6146 }
6147 else if (what == COM_END)
6148 {
6149 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6150 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6151 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6152 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6153 {
6154 done = TRUE;
6155 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6156 {
6157 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
6158 * line, use the indent of that line pluss offset. If
6159 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6160 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6161 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6162 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6163 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6164 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6165 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6166 {
6167 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6168 break;
6169 }
6170 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6171 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6172 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6173 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6174 continue;
6175 }
6176 if (start_off != 0)
6177 amount += start_off;
6178 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006179 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6180 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006181 break;
6182 }
6183
6184 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6185 * with the middle comment */
6186 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6187 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6188 {
6189 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6190 /* XXX */
6191 if (off != 0)
6192 amount += off;
6193 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006194 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6195 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006196 done = TRUE;
6197 break;
6198 }
6199 }
6200 }
6201
6202 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6203 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6204 * with the first character of the comment text.
6205 */
6206 if (done)
6207 ;
6208 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6209 amount += 1;
6210 else
6211 {
6212 /*
6213 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6214 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6215 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6216 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6217 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6218 */
6219 amount = -1;
6220 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6221 {
6222 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6223 continue;
6224 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6225 break;
6226 }
6227 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6228 {
6229 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6230 {
6231 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6232 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6233 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6234 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6235 }
6236 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6237 amount = col;
6238 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6239 amount += ind_in_comment;
6240 }
6241 }
6242 }
6243
6244 /*
6245 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6246 */ /* XXX */
6247 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6248 && ind_java == 0)
6249 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6250 || trypos != NULL)
6251 {
6252 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6253 {
6254 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6255 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6256 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6257 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6258 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6259 trypos = NULL;
6260 else
6261 tryposBrace = NULL;
6262 }
6263
6264 if (trypos != NULL)
6265 {
6266 /*
6267 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6268 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6269 */
6270 amount = -1;
6271 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6272 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6273 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
6274 {
6275 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6276 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6277 continue;
6278 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
6279 continue;
6280 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
6281
6282 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6283 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6284 {
6285 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6286 continue;
6287 }
6288
6289 /* XXX */
6290 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6291 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
6292 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6293 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6294 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6295 {
6296 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6297
6298 if (theline[0] == ')')
6299 {
6300 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum && cur_amount > amount)
6301 cur_amount = amount;
6302 amount = -1;
6303 }
6304 break;
6305 }
6306 }
6307
6308 /*
6309 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6310 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6311 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6312 */
6313 if (amount == -1)
6314 {
6315 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
6316 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
6317 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *skipwhite(look) == '('))
6318 {
6319 /*
6320 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6321 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6322 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6323 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6324 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6325 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6326 * lines).
6327 */
6328 if (theline[0] != ')')
6329 {
6330 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6331 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6332 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6333 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6334 {
6335 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6336 * for each additional level */
6337 n = 1;
6338 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6339 {
6340 switch (l[col])
6341 {
6342 case '(':
6343 case '{': ++n;
6344 break;
6345
6346 case ')':
6347 case '}': if (n > 1)
6348 --n;
6349 break;
6350 }
6351 }
6352
6353 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6354 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6355 }
6356 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6357 our_paren_pos.col++;
6358 else
6359 {
6360 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6361 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6362 col++;
6363 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6364 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6365 else
6366 our_paren_pos.col++;
6367 }
6368 }
6369
6370 /*
6371 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6372 * if we did the above "if".
6373 */
6374 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6375 {
6376 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6377 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6378 cur_amount = col;
6379 }
6380 }
6381
6382 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6383 {
6384 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6385 }
6386 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
6387 && *skipwhite(look) == '('))
6388 {
6389 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6390 amount = cur_amount;
6391 }
6392 else
6393 {
6394 /* add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one */
6395 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6396 while (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6397 {
6398 --our_paren_pos.col;
6399 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6400 {
6401 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6402 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6403 break;
6404 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6405 col = MAXCOL;
6406 break;
6407 }
6408 }
6409
6410 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6411 * braces */
6412 if (col == MAXCOL)
6413 amount += ind_unclosed;
6414 else
6415 {
6416 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6417 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6418 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6419 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6420 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6421 else
6422 amount += ind_unclosed;
6423 }
6424 /*
6425 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6426 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6427 * lines:
6428 * func_long_name( if (x
6429 * arg && yy
6430 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6431 */
6432 if (cur_amount < amount)
6433 amount = cur_amount;
6434 }
6435 }
6436
6437 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6438 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6439 amount += ind_comment;
6440 }
6441
6442 /*
6443 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6444 */
6445 else
6446 {
6447 trypos = tryposBrace;
6448
6449 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6450 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6451
6452 /*
6453 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6454 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6455 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6456 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6457 */
6458 look = skipwhite(start);
6459 if (*look == '{')
6460 {
6461 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6462 amount = col;
6463 if (*start == '{')
6464 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6465 else
6466 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6467 }
6468 else
6469 {
6470 /*
6471 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6472 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6473 */
6474 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6475
6476 /*
6477 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6478 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6479 */
6480 lnum = ourscope;
6481 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6482 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6483 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6484 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6485
6486 /*
6487 * It could have been something like
6488 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6489 * ldfd) {
6490 * }
6491 */
6492 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
6493 amount = get_indent();
6494 else
6495 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6496
6497 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6498 }
6499
6500 /*
6501 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6502 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6503 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6504 */
6505 if (theline[0] == '}')
6506 {
6507 /*
6508 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6509 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6510 */
6511 amount += ind_close_extra;
6512 }
6513 else
6514 {
6515 /*
6516 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6517 * to match it with.
6518 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6519 * to match it with.
6520 */
6521 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6522 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6523 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6524 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6525 /* XXX */
6526 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6527 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6528 {
6529 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6530 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6531 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6532 {
6533 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6534 goto theend;
6535 }
6536 }
6537
6538 /*
6539 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6540 * failed to find a matching "if").
6541 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6542 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6543 */
6544
6545 /*
6546 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6547 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6548 * location for ind_open_extra.
6549 */
6550
6551 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6552 {
6553 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6554 }
6555 else
6556 {
6557 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6558 amount += ind_open_imag;
6559 else
6560 {
6561 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6562 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6563 if (amount < 0)
6564 amount = 0;
6565 }
6566 }
6567
6568 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6569
6570 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
6571 {
6572 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6573 amount += ind_case;
6574 }
6575 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6576 {
6577 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6578 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6579 }
6580 else
6581 {
6582 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6583 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6584
6585 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6586 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6587 }
6588 scope_amount = amount;
6589 whilelevel = 0;
6590
6591 /*
6592 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6593 * with that.
6594 *
6595 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6596 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6597 * that opens the block.
6598 */
6599 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6600 for (;;)
6601 {
6602 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6603 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6604
6605 /*
6606 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6607 * up with it.
6608 */
6609 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6610 {
6611 /* we reached end of scope:
6612 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6613 * go further back:
6614 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6615 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6616 * declaration:
6617 * int x,
6618 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6619 */
6620 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6621 {
6622 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6623 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6624 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6625 {
6626 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6627 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6628 * initialization) */
6629 if (cont_amount > 0)
6630 amount = cont_amount;
6631 else
6632 amount += ind_continuation;
6633 break;
6634 }
6635
6636 l = ml_get_curline();
6637
6638 /*
6639 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6640 * comment.
6641 */
6642 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6643 if (trypos != NULL)
6644 {
6645 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6646 continue;
6647 }
6648
6649 /*
6650 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
6651 */
6652 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6653 continue;
6654
6655 if (cin_nocode(l))
6656 continue;
6657
6658 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6659
6660 /*
6661 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
6662 * function declaration, we are done
6663 * (it's a variable declaration).
6664 */
6665 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
6666 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6667 {
6668 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
6669 * it is a continued variable initialization.
6670 * don't add extra indent.
6671 * TODO: does not work, if a function
6672 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
6673 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
6674 */
6675 if (terminated == ',')
6676 break;
6677
6678 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
6679 * we are done.
6680 */
6681 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
6682 break;
6683
6684 /* nothing useful found */
6685 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
6686 continue;
6687 }
6688
6689 if (terminated != ';')
6690 {
6691 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
6692 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
6693 * will take us back to the start of the line.
6694 */ /* XXX */
6695 trypos = NULL;
6696 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
6697 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6698 ind_maxcomment);
6699
6700 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
6701 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
6702
6703 if (trypos != NULL)
6704 {
6705 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6706 continue;
6707 }
6708 }
6709
6710 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
6711 * like in
6712 * int a,
6713 * b;
6714 */
6715 if (cont_amount > 0)
6716 amount = cont_amount;
6717 else
6718 amount += ind_continuation;
6719 }
6720 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
6721 {
6722 if (cont_amount > 0)
6723 amount = cont_amount;
6724 else
6725 amount += ind_continuation;
6726 }
6727 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
6728 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6729 {
6730 amount = scope_amount;
6731 if (theline[0] == '{')
6732 amount += ind_open_extra;
6733 }
6734 break;
6735 }
6736
6737 /*
6738 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
6739 */ /* XXX */
6740 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6741 {
6742 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6743 continue;
6744 }
6745
6746 l = ml_get_curline();
6747
6748 /*
6749 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00006750 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006751 */
6752 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
6753 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
6754 {
6755 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
6756 * declaration/initialization any longer */
6757 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6758 break;
6759
6760 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
6761 * labels. */
6762 if (whilelevel > 0)
6763 continue;
6764
6765 /*
6766 * case xx:
6767 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
6768 *-> here;
6769 */
6770 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
6771 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6772 {
6773 if (cont_amount > 0)
6774 amount = cont_amount;
6775 else
6776 amount += ind_continuation;
6777 break;
6778 }
6779
6780 /*
6781 * case xx: <- line up with this case
6782 * x = 333;
6783 * case yy:
6784 */
6785 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
6786 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
6787 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
6788 {
6789 /*
6790 * Check that this case label is not for another
6791 * switch()
6792 */ /* XXX */
6793 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
6794 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
6795 {
6796 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6797 break;
6798 }
6799 continue;
6800 }
6801
6802 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
6803
6804 /*
6805 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
6806 * y = y + 1;
6807 * -> s = 99;
6808 *
6809 * case xx:
6810 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
6811 * y = y + 1;
6812 * -> s = 99;
6813 */
6814 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
6815 {
6816 if (n)
6817 amount = n;
6818
6819 if (!lookfor_break)
6820 break;
6821 }
6822
6823 /*
6824 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
6825 * -> y = y + 1;
6826 *
6827 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
6828 * -> y = y + 1;
6829 */
6830 if (n)
6831 {
6832 amount = n;
6833 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
6834 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
6835 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
6836 break;
6837 }
6838
6839 /*
6840 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
6841 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
6842 * switch label.
6843 * break; <- may line up with this line
6844 * case xx:
6845 * -> y = 1;
6846 */
6847 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
6848 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
6849 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
6850 continue;
6851 }
6852
6853 /*
6854 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
6855 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
6856 */
6857 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
6858 {
6859 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
6860 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6861 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6862 continue;
6863 }
6864
6865 /*
6866 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
6867 */
6868 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
6869 {
6870 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
6871 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
6872 continue;
6873 }
6874
6875 /*
6876 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
6877 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
6878 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
6879 * unlocked it)
6880 */
6881 l = ml_get_curline();
6882 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
6883 || cin_nocode(l))
6884 continue;
6885
6886 /*
6887 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
6888 * constructor initialization?
6889 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00006890 n = FALSE;
6891 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
6892 {
6893 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col);
6894 l = ml_get_curline();
6895 }
6896 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006897 {
6898 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
6899 {
6900 if (cont_amount > 0)
6901 amount = cont_amount;
6902 else
6903 amount += ind_continuation;
6904 }
6905 else if (col == 0 || theline[0] == '{')
6906 {
6907 amount = get_indent();
6908 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
6909 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6910 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6911 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
6912 if (theline[0] != '{')
6913 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
6914 }
6915 else
6916 {
6917 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6918 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, NULL);
6919 amount = (int)col;
6920 }
6921 break;
6922 }
6923 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6924 {
6925 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00006926 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
6927 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006928 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
6929 break;
6930 else
6931 continue;
6932 }
6933
6934 /*
6935 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
6936 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
6937 * there is anoter unterminated statement behind, eg:
6938 * 123,
6939 * sizeof
6940 * here
6941 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
6942 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
6943 * (indented).
6944 */
6945 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6946
6947 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
6948 && terminated == ','))
6949 {
6950 /*
6951 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
6952 * go back to the line that starts it so
6953 * we can get the right prevailing indent
6954 * if ( foo &&
6955 * bar )
6956 */
6957 /*
6958 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6959 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6960 */
6961 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
6962 trypos = find_match_paren(
6963 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
6964 ind_maxcomment);
6965
6966 /*
6967 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
6968 * braces.
6969 */
6970 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
6971 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
6972
6973 if (trypos != NULL)
6974 {
6975 /*
6976 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
6977 * handled above.
6978 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
6979 * asdf)
6980 */
6981 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
6982 l = ml_get_curline();
6983 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
6984 {
6985 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6986 continue;
6987 }
6988 }
6989
6990 /*
6991 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
6992 * indent from
6993 * char *usethis = "bla\
6994 * bla",
6995 * here;
6996 */
6997 if (terminated == ',')
6998 {
6999 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7000 {
7001 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7002 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7003 break;
7004 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7005 }
7006 }
7007
7008 /*
7009 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7010 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7011 */
7012 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7013 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7014
7015 /*
7016 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7017 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7018 * while (not)
7019 * -> {
7020 * }
7021 */
7022 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7023 && theline[0] == '{')
7024 {
7025 amount = cur_amount;
7026 /*
7027 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7028 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7029 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7030 * { 1, 2 },
7031 * -> { 3, 4 }
7032 */
7033 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7034 amount += ind_open_extra;
7035
7036 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7037 {
7038 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7039 * class declaration or initialization */
7040 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7041 continue;
7042 }
7043 break;
7044 }
7045
7046 /*
7047 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7048 * Also allow " } else".
7049 */
7050 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7051 {
7052 /*
7053 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7054 * with the last one.
7055 * if (cond)
7056 * 100 +
7057 * -> here;
7058 */
7059 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7060 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7061 {
7062 if (cont_amount > 0)
7063 amount = cont_amount;
7064 else
7065 amount += ind_continuation;
7066 break;
7067 }
7068
7069 /*
7070 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7071 * are finished.
7072 * while (not)
7073 * -> here;
7074 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7075 * before this is terminated.
7076 * yyy;
7077 * if (stat)
7078 * while (not)
7079 * xxx;
7080 * -> here;
7081 */
7082 amount = cur_amount;
7083 if (theline[0] == '{')
7084 amount += ind_open_extra;
7085 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7086 {
7087 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7088 break;
7089 }
7090
7091 /*
7092 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7093 * do, line up with the while()
7094 * do
7095 * x = 1;
7096 * -> here
7097 */
7098 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7099 if (cin_isdo(l))
7100 {
7101 if (whilelevel == 0)
7102 break;
7103 --whilelevel;
7104 }
7105
7106 /*
7107 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7108 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7109 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7110 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7111 */
7112 if (cin_iselse(l)
7113 && whilelevel == 0
7114 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7115 == NULL
7116 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7117 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7118 break;
7119 }
7120
7121 /*
7122 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7123 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
7124 * add someting for a continuation line, depending on
7125 * the line before this one.
7126 */
7127 else
7128 {
7129 /*
7130 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7131 * the last one.
7132 * c = 99 +
7133 * 100 +
7134 * -> here;
7135 */
7136 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7137 {
7138 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7139 if (terminated == ',')
7140 amount += ind_continuation;
7141 break;
7142 }
7143
7144 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7145 {
7146 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7147 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7148 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7149 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7150 * enumerations/initializations. */
7151 if (terminated == ',')
7152 {
7153 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7154 break;
7155
7156 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7157 continue;
7158 }
7159
7160 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7161 * reduce indent. */
7162 if (amount > cur_amount)
7163 amount = cur_amount;
7164 }
7165 else
7166 {
7167 /*
7168 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7169 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7170 * 100 +
7171 * -> here;
7172 */
7173 amount = cur_amount;
7174
7175 /*
7176 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7177 * are in an initialization or enum
7178 * struct xxx =
7179 * {
7180 * sizeof a,
7181 * 124 };
7182 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7183 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7184 * yet.
7185 */
7186 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7187 {
7188 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7189 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7190 }
7191 else
7192 {
7193 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7194 && *l != NUL
7195 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7196 /* XXX */
7197 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7198 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7199 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7200 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7201 }
7202 }
7203 }
7204 }
7205
7206 /*
7207 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7208 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7209 */
7210 /* XXX */
7211 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(l,
7212 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7213 {
7214 /*
7215 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7216 * with the last one.
7217 * while (cond);
7218 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7219 * -> here;
7220 */
7221 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7222 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7223 {
7224 if (cont_amount > 0)
7225 amount = cont_amount;
7226 else
7227 amount += ind_continuation;
7228 break;
7229 }
7230
7231 if (whilelevel == 0)
7232 {
7233 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7234 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7235 if (theline[0] == '{')
7236 amount += ind_open_extra;
7237 }
7238 ++whilelevel;
7239 }
7240
7241 /*
7242 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7243 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7244 * indent of that other statement.
7245 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7246 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7247 */
7248 else
7249 {
7250 /*
7251 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7252 * may be lined up with the case label.
7253 */
7254 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7255 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7256 {
7257 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7258 continue;
7259 }
7260
7261 /*
7262 * Handle "do {" line.
7263 */
7264 if (whilelevel > 0)
7265 {
7266 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7267 if (cin_isdo(l))
7268 {
7269 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7270 --whilelevel;
7271 continue;
7272 }
7273 }
7274
7275 /*
7276 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7277 * the amount for a continuation line.
7278 * x = 1;
7279 * y = foo +
7280 * -> here;
7281 * or
7282 * int x = 1;
7283 * int foo,
7284 * -> here;
7285 */
7286 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7287 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7288 {
7289 if (cont_amount > 0)
7290 amount = cont_amount;
7291 else
7292 amount += ind_continuation;
7293 break;
7294 }
7295
7296 /*
7297 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7298 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7299 * x = 1; x = 1;
7300 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7301 * while (asdf) ->here;
7302 * here;
7303 * ->foo;
7304 */
7305 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7306 {
7307 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7308 break;
7309 }
7310
7311 /*
7312 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7313 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7314 * a terminated line.
7315 */
7316 else
7317 {
7318 /*
7319 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7320 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7321 * the line. Helps for:
7322 * func(asdr,
7323 * asdfasdf);
7324 * here;
7325 */
7326term_again:
7327 l = ml_get_curline();
7328 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7329 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7330 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7331 {
7332 /*
7333 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7334 * handled above.
7335 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7336 * asdf)
7337 */
7338 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7339 l = ml_get_curline();
7340 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7341 {
7342 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7343 continue;
7344 }
7345 }
7346
7347 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7348 * with a statement after it.
7349 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7350 * stat;
7351 * }
7352 * case 2:
7353 * stat;
7354 * }
7355 */
7356 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
7357
7358 /*
7359 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7360 * ignoring any jump label.
7361 */
7362 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7363 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7364
7365 if (theline[0] == '{')
7366 amount += ind_open_extra;
7367 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007368 l = skipwhite(l);
7369 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007370 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7371 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7372
7373 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007374 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7375 * the matching "if":
7376 * else 3;
7377 * indent this;
7378 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7379 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7380 */
7381 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7382 && *l != '}'
7383 && cin_iselse(l)
7384 && whilelevel == 0)
7385 {
7386 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7387 == NULL
7388 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7389 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7390 break;
7391 continue;
7392 }
7393
7394 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007395 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7396 * that block.
7397 */
7398 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7399 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7400 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7401 != NULL) /* XXX */
7402 {
7403 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7404 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7405 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7406 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7407 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7408 goto term_again;
7409 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7410 }
7411 }
7412 }
7413 }
7414 }
7415 }
7416
7417 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7418 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7419 amount += ind_comment;
7420 }
7421
7422 /*
7423 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7424 *
7425 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7426 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7427 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7428 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7429 */
7430 else
7431 {
7432 /*
7433 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7434 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7435 * of a function
7436 */
7437
7438 if (theline[0] == '{')
7439 {
7440 amount = ind_first_open;
7441 }
7442
7443 /*
7444 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7445 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
7446 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
7447 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
7448 */
7449 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7450 && !cin_nocode(theline)
7451 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7452 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7453 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7454 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7455 {
7456 amount = ind_func_type;
7457 }
7458 else
7459 {
7460 amount = 0;
7461 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7462
7463 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7464
7465 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7466 {
7467 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7468 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7469
7470 l = ml_get_curline();
7471
7472 /*
7473 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7474 */ /* XXX */
7475 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7476 {
7477 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
7478 continue;
7479 }
7480
7481 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007482 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7483 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007484 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007485 n = FALSE;
7486 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7487 {
7488 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col);
7489 l = ml_get_curline();
7490 }
7491 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007492 {
7493 if (col == 0)
7494 {
7495 amount = get_indent() + ind_cpp_baseclass; /* XXX */
7496 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7497 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7498 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7499 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum)
7500 + ind_cpp_baseclass; /* XXX */
7501 }
7502 else
7503 {
7504 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
7505 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, NULL);
7506 amount = (int)col;
7507 }
7508 break;
7509 }
7510
7511 /*
7512 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7513 */
7514 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7515 continue;
7516
7517 if (cin_nocode(l))
7518 continue;
7519
7520 /*
7521 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7522 * indentation:
7523 * int foo,
7524 * bar;
7525 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7526 * enum foobar
7527 * {
7528 * ...
7529 * } foo,
7530 * bar;
7531 */
7532 n = 0;
7533 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7534 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7535 {
7536 /* take us back to opening paren */
7537 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7538 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7539 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7540 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7541
7542 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7543 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7544 * char *foo = "bla\
7545 * bla",
7546 * here;
7547 */
7548 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7549 {
7550 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7551 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7552 break;
7553 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7554 }
7555
7556 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7557
7558 if (amount == 0)
7559 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7560 if (amount == 0)
7561 amount = ind_continuation;
7562 break;
7563 }
7564
7565 /*
7566 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7567 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7568 */
7569 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7570 break;
7571 l = ml_get_curline();
7572
7573 /*
7574 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7575 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7576 */
7577 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7578 break;
7579
7580 /* (matching {)
7581 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7582 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7583 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7584 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7585 */
7586 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7587 break;
7588
7589 /*
7590 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7591 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7592 * parameters.
7593 */
7594 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7595 {
7596 amount = ind_param;
7597 break;
7598 }
7599
7600 /*
7601 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7602 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7603 * int foo,
7604 * bar;
7605 * indent_to_0 here;
7606 */
7607 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u*)";", NULL))
7608 {
7609 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7610 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7611 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7612 break;
7613 l = ml_get_curline();
7614 }
7615
7616 /*
7617 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7618 * use the indent of this line.
7619 *
7620 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7621 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7622 */
7623 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7624
7625 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7626 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7627 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7628 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7629 break;
7630 }
7631
7632 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7633 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7634 amount += ind_comment;
7635
7636 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7637 * "asdfasdf\
7638 * here";
7639 * char *foo = "asdf\
7640 * here";
7641 */
7642 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
7643 {
7644 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7645 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7646 {
7647 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7648 if (cur_amount > 0)
7649 amount = cur_amount;
7650 else if (cur_amount == 0)
7651 amount += ind_continuation;
7652 }
7653 }
7654 }
7655 }
7656
7657theend:
7658 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
7659 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7660
7661 vim_free(linecopy);
7662
7663 if (amount < 0)
7664 return 0;
7665 return amount;
7666}
7667
7668 static int
7669find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
7670 int lookfor;
7671 linenr_T ourscope;
7672 int ind_maxparen;
7673 int ind_maxcomment;
7674{
7675 char_u *look;
7676 pos_T *theirscope;
7677 char_u *mightbeif;
7678 int elselevel;
7679 int whilelevel;
7680
7681 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7682 {
7683 elselevel = 1;
7684 whilelevel = 0;
7685 }
7686 else
7687 {
7688 elselevel = 0;
7689 whilelevel = 1;
7690 }
7691
7692 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7693
7694 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
7695 {
7696 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7697 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7698
7699 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7700 if (cin_iselse(look)
7701 || cin_isif(look)
7702 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
7703 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7704 {
7705 /*
7706 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
7707 * we must be out of scope...
7708 */
7709 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
7710 if (theirscope == NULL)
7711 break;
7712
7713 /*
7714 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
7715 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
7716 * out of luck too.
7717 */
7718 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
7719 break;
7720
7721 /*
7722 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
7723 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
7724 * different scope...
7725 */
7726 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
7727 continue;
7728
7729 /*
7730 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
7731 * then we need to go back to another if, so
7732 * increment elselevel
7733 */
7734 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7735 if (cin_iselse(look))
7736 {
7737 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
7738 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
7739 ++elselevel;
7740 continue;
7741 }
7742
7743 /*
7744 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
7745 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
7746 */
7747 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7748 {
7749 ++whilelevel;
7750 continue;
7751 }
7752
7753 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
7754 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7755 if (cin_isif(look))
7756 {
7757 elselevel--;
7758 /*
7759 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
7760 * get in the way.
7761 */
7762 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7763 whilelevel = 0;
7764 }
7765
7766 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
7767 if (cin_isdo(look))
7768 whilelevel--;
7769
7770 /*
7771 * if we've used up all the elses, then
7772 * this must be the if that we want!
7773 * match the indent level of that if.
7774 */
7775 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
7776 {
7777 return OK;
7778 }
7779 }
7780 }
7781 return FAIL;
7782}
7783
7784# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
7785/*
7786 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
7787 */
7788 int
7789get_expr_indent()
7790{
7791 int indent;
7792 pos_T pos;
7793 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00007794 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
7795 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007796
7797 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
7798 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00007799 if (use_sandbox)
7800 ++sandbox;
7801 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007802 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00007803 if (use_sandbox)
7804 --sandbox;
7805 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007806
7807 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
7808 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
7809 * command. */
7810 save_State = State;
7811 State = INSERT;
7812 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
7813 check_cursor();
7814 State = save_State;
7815
7816 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
7817 if (indent < 0)
7818 indent = get_indent();
7819
7820 return indent;
7821}
7822# endif
7823
7824#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
7825
7826#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
7827
7828static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
7829
7830 static int
7831lisp_match(p)
7832 char_u *p;
7833{
7834 char_u buf[LSIZE];
7835 int len;
7836 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
7837
7838 while (*word != NUL)
7839 {
7840 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
7841 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
7842 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
7843 return TRUE;
7844 }
7845 return FALSE;
7846}
7847
7848/*
7849 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
7850 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
7851 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
7852 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
7853 *
7854 * TODO:
7855 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
7856 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
7857 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
7858 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
7859 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
7860 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007861 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
7862 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007863 */
7864 int
7865get_lisp_indent()
7866{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007867 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007868 int amount;
7869 char_u *that;
7870 colnr_T col;
7871 colnr_T firsttry;
7872 int parencount, quotecount;
7873 int vi_lisp;
7874
7875 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
7876 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
7877
7878 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7879 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7880
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007881 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
7882 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
7883 else
7884 {
7885 paren = *pos;
7886 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
7887 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
7888 pos = &paren;
7889 }
7890 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007891 {
7892 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
7893 * line that is at the same () level. */
7894 amount = -1;
7895 parencount = 0;
7896
7897 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
7898 {
7899 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7900 continue;
7901 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
7902 {
7903 if (*that == ';')
7904 {
7905 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
7906 ++that;
7907 continue;
7908 }
7909 if (*that == '\\')
7910 {
7911 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
7912 ++that;
7913 continue;
7914 }
7915 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
7916 {
7917 that++;
7918 while (*that && (*that != '"' || *(that - 1) == '\\'))
7919 ++that;
7920 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007921 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007922 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007923 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007924 --parencount;
7925 }
7926 if (parencount == 0)
7927 {
7928 amount = get_indent();
7929 break;
7930 }
7931 }
7932
7933 if (amount == -1)
7934 {
7935 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
7936 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
7937 col = pos->col;
7938
7939 that = ml_get_curline();
7940
7941 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
7942 amount = 2;
7943 else
7944 {
7945 amount = 0;
7946 while (*that && col)
7947 {
7948 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
7949 col--;
7950 }
7951
7952 /*
7953 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
7954 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
7955 *
7956 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
7957 * (...)) of (...))
7958 */
7959
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007960 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
7961 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007962 amount += 2;
7963 else
7964 {
7965 that++;
7966 amount++;
7967 firsttry = amount;
7968
7969 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
7970 {
7971 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
7972 ++that;
7973 }
7974
7975 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
7976 {
7977 /* test *that != '(' to accomodate first let/do
7978 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007979 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007980 firsttry++;
7981
7982 parencount = 0;
7983 quotecount = 0;
7984
7985 if (vi_lisp
7986 || (*that != '"'
7987 && *that != '\''
7988 && *that != '#'
7989 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
7990 {
7991 while (*that
7992 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
7993 || quotecount
7994 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00007995 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007996 && !quotecount
7997 && !parencount
7998 && vi_lisp)))
7999 {
8000 if (*that == '"')
8001 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008002 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8003 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008004 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008005 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8006 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008007 --parencount;
8008 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8009 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8010 (colnr_T)amount);
8011 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8012 (colnr_T)amount);
8013 }
8014 }
8015 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8016 {
8017 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8018 that++;
8019 }
8020 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8021 amount = firsttry;
8022 }
8023 }
8024 }
8025 }
8026 }
8027 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008028 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008029
8030 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8031
8032 return amount;
8033}
8034#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8035
8036 void
8037prepare_to_exit()
8038{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008039#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8040 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8041 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8042 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008043 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8044#endif
8045
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008046#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8047 if (gui.in_use)
8048 {
8049 gui.dying = TRUE;
8050 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8051 }
8052 else
8053#endif
8054 {
8055 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8056
8057 /*
8058 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8059 * screen (if there are two screens).
8060 */
8061 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8062#ifdef WIN3264
8063 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8064#endif
8065 stoptermcap();
8066 out_flush();
8067 }
8068}
8069
8070/*
8071 * Preserve files and exit.
8072 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8073 */
8074 void
8075preserve_exit()
8076{
8077 buf_T *buf;
8078
8079 prepare_to_exit();
8080
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008081 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8082 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8083 really_exiting = TRUE;
8084
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008085 out_str(IObuff);
8086 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8087 out_flush();
8088
8089 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8090
8091 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8092 {
8093 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8094 {
8095 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8096 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8097 out_flush();
8098 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8099 break;
8100 }
8101 }
8102
8103 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8104
8105 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8106
8107 getout(1);
8108}
8109
8110/*
8111 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8112 */
8113 int
8114vim_fexists(fname)
8115 char_u *fname;
8116{
8117 struct stat st;
8118
8119 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8120 return FALSE;
8121 return TRUE;
8122}
8123
8124/*
8125 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8126 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8127 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8128 * time, because it can be a system call.
8129 */
8130
8131#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8132# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8133# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8134# else
8135# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8136# endif
8137#endif
8138
8139static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8140
8141 void
8142line_breakcheck()
8143{
8144 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8145 {
8146 breakcheck_count = 0;
8147 ui_breakcheck();
8148 }
8149}
8150
8151/*
8152 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8153 */
8154 void
8155fast_breakcheck()
8156{
8157 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8158 {
8159 breakcheck_count = 0;
8160 ui_breakcheck();
8161 }
8162}
8163
8164/*
8165 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8166 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00008167 * Returns OK or FAIL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008168 */
8169 int
8170expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8171 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8172 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8173 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8174 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8175 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8176{
8177 int retval;
8178 int i, j;
8179 char_u *p;
8180 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8181
8182 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8183
8184 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
8185 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
8186 return retval;
8187
8188#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8189 /*
8190 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8191 */
8192 if (*p_wig)
8193 {
8194 char_u *ffname;
8195
8196 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8197 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8198 {
8199 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8200 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8201 break;
8202# ifdef VMS
8203 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8204# endif
8205 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8206 {
8207 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8208 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8209 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8210 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8211 --*num_file;
8212 --i;
8213 }
8214 vim_free(ffname);
8215 }
8216 }
8217#endif
8218
8219 /*
8220 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8221 */
8222 if (*num_file > 1)
8223 {
8224 non_suf_match = 0;
8225 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8226 {
8227 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8228 {
8229 /*
8230 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8231 * of the list.
8232 */
8233 p = (*file)[i];
8234 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8235 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8236 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8237 }
8238 }
8239 }
8240
8241 return retval;
8242}
8243
8244/*
8245 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8246 */
8247 int
8248match_suffix(fname)
8249 char_u *fname;
8250{
8251 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8252 char_u *setsuf;
8253#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8254 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8255
8256 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8257 setsuflen = 0;
8258 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8259 {
8260 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
8261 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8262 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8263 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8264 break;
8265 setsuflen = 0;
8266 }
8267 return (setsuflen != 0);
8268}
8269
8270#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8271
8272# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8273static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8274static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8275# endif
8276
8277# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8278/*
8279 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8280 * it's shared between these systems.
8281 */
8282# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8283# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8284# else
8285# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8286# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8287# endif
8288# endif
8289
8290/*
8291 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8292 */
8293 static int _cdecl
8294pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8295{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008296 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008297}
8298
8299# ifndef WIN3264
8300 static void
8301namelowcpy(
8302 char_u *d,
8303 char_u *s)
8304{
8305# ifdef DJGPP
8306 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8307 while (*s)
8308 *d++ = *s++;
8309 else
8310# endif
8311 while (*s)
8312 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8313 *d = NUL;
8314}
8315# endif
8316
8317/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008318 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8319 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008320 * Return the number of matches found.
8321 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8322 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008323 * Return the number of matches found.
8324 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008325 */
8326 static int
8327dos_expandpath(
8328 garray_T *gap,
8329 char_u *path,
8330 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008331 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
8332 int didstar) /* expaneded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008333{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008334 char_u *buf;
8335 char_u *path_end;
8336 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8337 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8338 char_u *pat;
8339 regmatch_T regmatch;
8340 int starts_with_dot;
8341 int matches;
8342 int len;
8343 int starstar = FALSE;
8344 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008345#ifdef WIN3264
8346 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8347 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8348# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8349 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8350 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8351# endif
8352#else
8353 struct ffblk fb;
8354#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008355 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008356 int ok;
8357
8358 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8359 if (stardepth > 0)
8360 {
8361 ui_breakcheck();
8362 if (got_int)
8363 return 0;
8364 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008365
8366 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008367 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008368 if (buf == NULL)
8369 return 0;
8370
8371 /*
8372 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8373 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8374 */
8375 p = buf;
8376 s = buf;
8377 e = NULL;
8378 path_end = path;
8379 while (*path_end != NUL)
8380 {
8381 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8382 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8383 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8384 *p++ = *path_end++;
8385 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8386 {
8387 if (e != NULL)
8388 break;
8389 s = p + 1;
8390 }
8391 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8392 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8393 e = p;
8394#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8395 if (has_mbyte)
8396 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008397 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008398 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8399 p += len;
8400 path_end += len;
8401 }
8402 else
8403#endif
8404 *p++ = *path_end++;
8405 }
8406 e = p;
8407 *e = NUL;
8408
8409 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8410 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8411 * component. */
8412 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8413 if (rem_backslash(p))
8414 {
8415 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
8416 --e;
8417 --s;
8418 }
8419
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008420 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8421 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8422 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8423 starstar = TRUE;
8424
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008425 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8426 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8427 if (pat == NULL)
8428 {
8429 vim_free(buf);
8430 return 0;
8431 }
8432
8433 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8434 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8435 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8436 vim_free(pat);
8437
8438 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8439 {
8440 vim_free(buf);
8441 return 0;
8442 }
8443
8444 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8445 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8446
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008447 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8448 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8449 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8450 && *path_end == '/')
8451 {
8452 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8453 ++stardepth;
8454 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8455 --stardepth;
8456 }
8457
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008458 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8459 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8460#ifdef WIN3264
8461# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8462 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8463 {
8464 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8465 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8466 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
8467 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
8468 if (wn != NULL)
8469 {
8470 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8471 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8472 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8473 {
8474 vim_free(wn);
8475 wn = NULL;
8476 }
8477 }
8478 }
8479
8480 if (wn == NULL)
8481# endif
8482 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8483 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8484#else
8485 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8486 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8487 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8488#endif
8489
8490 while (ok)
8491 {
8492#ifdef WIN3264
8493# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8494 if (wn != NULL)
8495 p = ucs2_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
8496 else
8497# endif
8498 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8499#else
8500 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8501#endif
8502 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8503 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8504 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8505 && (matchname == NULL
8506 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8507 {
8508#ifdef WIN3264
8509 STRCPY(s, p);
8510#else
8511 namelowcpy(s, p);
8512#endif
8513 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008514
8515 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8516 {
8517 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8518 * find matches. */
8519 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8520 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8521 ++stardepth;
8522 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8523 --stardepth;
8524 }
8525
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008526 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8527 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8528 {
8529 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8530 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008531 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008532 }
8533 else
8534 {
8535 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8536 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8537 if (*path_end != 0)
8538 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8539 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8540 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8541 }
8542 }
8543
8544#ifdef WIN3264
8545# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8546 if (wn != NULL)
8547 {
8548 vim_free(p);
8549 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8550 }
8551 else
8552# endif
8553 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8554#else
8555 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8556#endif
8557
8558 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8559 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8560 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8561 {
8562 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8563#ifdef WIN3264
8564 FindClose(hFind);
8565# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8566 if (wn != NULL)
8567 {
8568 vim_free(wn);
8569 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
8570 if (wn != NULL)
8571 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8572 }
8573 if (wn == NULL)
8574# endif
8575 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8576 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8577#else
8578 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8579 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8580#endif
8581 vim_free(matchname);
8582 matchname = NULL;
8583 }
8584 }
8585
8586#ifdef WIN3264
8587 FindClose(hFind);
8588# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8589 vim_free(wn);
8590# endif
8591#endif
8592 vim_free(buf);
8593 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8594 vim_free(matchname);
8595
8596 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8597 if (matches > 0)
8598 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
8599 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8600 return matches;
8601}
8602
8603 int
8604mch_expandpath(
8605 garray_T *gap,
8606 char_u *path,
8607 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
8608{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008609 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008610}
8611# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
8612
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008613#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
8614 || defined(PROTO)
8615/*
8616 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
8617 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
8618 */
8619static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
8620
8621 static int
8622pstrcmp(a, b)
8623 const void *a, *b;
8624{
8625 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
8626}
8627
8628/*
8629 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8630 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
8631 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8632 * at "path + wildoff".
8633 * Return the number of matches found.
8634 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
8635 */
8636 int
8637unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
8638 garray_T *gap;
8639 char_u *path;
8640 int wildoff;
8641 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
8642 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
8643{
8644 char_u *buf;
8645 char_u *path_end;
8646 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8647 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8648 char_u *pat;
8649 regmatch_T regmatch;
8650 int starts_with_dot;
8651 int matches;
8652 int len;
8653 int starstar = FALSE;
8654 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
8655
8656 DIR *dirp;
8657 struct dirent *dp;
8658
8659 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8660 if (stardepth > 0)
8661 {
8662 ui_breakcheck();
8663 if (got_int)
8664 return 0;
8665 }
8666
8667 /* make room for file name */
8668 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
8669 if (buf == NULL)
8670 return 0;
8671
8672 /*
8673 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
8674 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
8675 */
8676 p = buf;
8677 s = buf;
8678 e = NULL;
8679 path_end = path;
8680 while (*path_end != NUL)
8681 {
8682 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8683 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8684 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8685 *p++ = *path_end++;
8686 else if (*path_end == '/')
8687 {
8688 if (e != NULL)
8689 break;
8690 s = p + 1;
8691 }
8692 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8693 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
8694 e = p;
8695#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8696 if (has_mbyte)
8697 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008698 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008699 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8700 p += len;
8701 path_end += len;
8702 }
8703 else
8704#endif
8705 *p++ = *path_end++;
8706 }
8707 e = p;
8708 *e = NUL;
8709
8710 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
8711 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8712 * component. */
8713 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8714 if (rem_backslash(p))
8715 {
8716 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
8717 --e;
8718 --s;
8719 }
8720
8721 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8722 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8723 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8724 starstar = TRUE;
8725
8726 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
8727 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8728 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8729 if (pat == NULL)
8730 {
8731 vim_free(buf);
8732 return 0;
8733 }
8734
8735 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00008736#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008737 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
8738#else
8739 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
8740#endif
8741 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8742 vim_free(pat);
8743
8744 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8745 {
8746 vim_free(buf);
8747 return 0;
8748 }
8749
8750 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8751 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8752 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8753 && *path_end == '/')
8754 {
8755 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8756 ++stardepth;
8757 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8758 --stardepth;
8759 }
8760
8761 /* open the directory for scanning */
8762 *s = NUL;
8763 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
8764
8765 /* Find all matching entries */
8766 if (dirp != NULL)
8767 {
8768 for (;;)
8769 {
8770 dp = readdir(dirp);
8771 if (dp == NULL)
8772 break;
8773 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8774 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
8775 {
8776 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
8777 len = STRLEN(buf);
8778
8779 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8780 {
8781 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8782 * find matches. */
8783 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8784 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8785 ++stardepth;
8786 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8787 --stardepth;
8788 }
8789
8790 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8791 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
8792 {
8793 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8794 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8795 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
8796 }
8797 else
8798 {
8799 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8800 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8801 if (*path_end != NUL)
8802 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8803 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8804 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00008805#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008806 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
8807 char_u *precomp_buf =
8808 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00008809
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008810 if (precomp_buf)
8811 {
8812 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
8813 vim_free(precomp_buf);
8814 }
8815#endif
8816 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8817 }
8818 }
8819 }
8820 }
8821
8822 closedir(dirp);
8823 }
8824
8825 vim_free(buf);
8826 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8827
8828 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8829 if (matches > 0)
8830 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
8831 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8832 return matches;
8833}
8834#endif
8835
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008836/*
8837 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
8838 *
8839 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
8840 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
8841 *
8842 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
8843 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
8844 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
8845 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
8846 */
8847 int
8848gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8849 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8850 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8851 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8852 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8853 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
8854{
8855 int i;
8856 garray_T ga;
8857 char_u *p;
8858 static int recursive = FALSE;
8859 int add_pat;
8860
8861 /*
8862 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
8863 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
8864 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
8865 * return FAIL.
8866 */
8867 if (recursive)
8868#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
8869 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8870#else
8871 return FAIL;
8872#endif
8873
8874#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
8875 /*
8876 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
8877 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
8878 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
8879 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
8880 */
8881 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
8882 {
8883 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
8884# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8885 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
8886# endif
8887 )
8888 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8889 }
8890#endif
8891
8892 recursive = TRUE;
8893
8894 /*
8895 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
8896 */
8897 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
8898
8899 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
8900 {
8901 add_pat = -1;
8902 p = pat[i];
8903
8904#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8905 if (vim_backtick(p))
8906 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
8907 else
8908#endif
8909 {
8910 /*
8911 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
8912 */
8913 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
8914 {
8915 p = expand_env_save(p);
8916 if (p == NULL)
8917 p = pat[i];
8918#ifdef UNIX
8919 /*
8920 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
8921 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
8922 * found file names and start all over again.
8923 */
8924 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
8925 {
8926 vim_free(p);
8927 ga_clear(&ga);
8928 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
8929 flags);
8930 recursive = FALSE;
8931 return i;
8932 }
8933#endif
8934 }
8935
8936 /*
8937 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
8938 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
8939 * the pattern.
8940 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
8941 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
8942 */
8943 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
8944 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
8945 }
8946
8947 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
8948 {
8949 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
8950
8951#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
8952 slash_to_colon(t);
8953#endif
8954 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
8955 * "vim c:/" work. */
8956 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
8957 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
8958 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
8959 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
8960 vim_free(t);
8961 }
8962
8963 if (p != pat[i])
8964 vim_free(p);
8965 }
8966
8967 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
8968 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
8969
8970 recursive = FALSE;
8971
8972 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
8973}
8974
8975# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8976
8977/*
8978 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
8979 */
8980 static int
8981vim_backtick(p)
8982 char_u *p;
8983{
8984 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
8985}
8986
8987/*
8988 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
8989 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
8990 * Returns number of file names found.
8991 */
8992 static int
8993expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
8994 garray_T *gap;
8995 char_u *pat;
8996 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
8997{
8998 char_u *p;
8999 char_u *cmd;
9000 char_u *buffer;
9001 int cnt = 0;
9002 int i;
9003
9004 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9005 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9006 if (cmd == NULL)
9007 return 0;
9008
9009#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9010 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009011 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009012 else
9013#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009014 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9015 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009016 vim_free(cmd);
9017 if (buffer == NULL)
9018 return 0;
9019
9020 cmd = buffer;
9021 while (*cmd != NUL)
9022 {
9023 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9024 p = cmd;
9025 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9026 ++p;
9027 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9028 if (p > cmd)
9029 {
9030 i = *p;
9031 *p = NUL;
9032 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9033 *p = i;
9034 ++cnt;
9035 }
9036 cmd = p;
9037 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9038 ++cmd;
9039 }
9040
9041 vim_free(buffer);
9042 return cnt;
9043}
9044# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9045
9046/*
9047 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9048 * EW_DIR add directories
9049 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009050 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009051 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9052 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9053 */
9054 void
9055addfile(gap, f, flags)
9056 garray_T *gap;
9057 char_u *f; /* filename */
9058 int flags;
9059{
9060 char_u *p;
9061 int isdir;
9062
9063 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9064 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9065 return;
9066
9067#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9068 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9069 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9070 return;
9071#endif
9072
9073 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9074 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9075 return;
9076
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009077 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9078 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9079 return;
9080
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009081 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9082 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9083 return;
9084
9085 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9086 if (p == NULL)
9087 return;
9088
9089 STRCPY(p, f);
9090#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9091 slash_adjust(p);
9092#endif
9093 /*
9094 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9095 */
9096#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
9097 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
9098 add_pathsep(p);
9099#endif
9100 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009101}
9102#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
9103
9104#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
9105
9106#ifndef SEEK_SET
9107# define SEEK_SET 0
9108#endif
9109#ifndef SEEK_END
9110# define SEEK_END 2
9111#endif
9112
9113/*
9114 * Get the stdout of an external command.
9115 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
9116 */
9117 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009118get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009119 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009120 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009121 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
9122{
9123 char_u *tempname;
9124 char_u *command;
9125 char_u *buffer = NULL;
9126 int len;
9127 int i = 0;
9128 FILE *fd;
9129
9130 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
9131 return NULL;
9132
9133 /* get a name for the temp file */
9134 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
9135 {
9136 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
9137 return NULL;
9138 }
9139
9140 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009141 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009142 if (command == NULL)
9143 goto done;
9144
9145 /*
9146 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
9147 * Don't check timestamps here.
9148 */
9149 ++no_check_timestamps;
9150 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
9151 --no_check_timestamps;
9152
9153 vim_free(command);
9154
9155 /*
9156 * read the names from the file into memory
9157 */
9158# ifdef VMS
9159 /* created temporary file is not allways readable as binary */
9160 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
9161# else
9162 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
9163# endif
9164
9165 if (fd == NULL)
9166 {
9167 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
9168 goto done;
9169 }
9170
9171 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
9172 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
9173 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
9174
9175 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
9176 if (buffer != NULL)
9177 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
9178 fclose(fd);
9179 mch_remove(tempname);
9180 if (buffer == NULL)
9181 goto done;
9182#ifdef VMS
9183 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
9184#endif
9185 if (i != len)
9186 {
9187 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
9188 vim_free(buffer);
9189 buffer = NULL;
9190 }
9191 else
9192 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
9193
9194done:
9195 vim_free(tempname);
9196 return buffer;
9197}
9198#endif
9199
9200/*
9201 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
9202 * functions.
9203 */
9204 void
9205FreeWild(count, files)
9206 int count;
9207 char_u **files;
9208{
9209 if (files == NULL || count <= 0)
9210 return;
9211#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
9212 /*
9213 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
9214 * been used???
9215 */
9216 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
9217#else
9218 while (count--)
9219 vim_free(files[count]);
9220 vim_free(files);
9221#endif
9222}
9223
9224/*
9225 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
9226 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
9227 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
9228 */
9229 int
9230goto_im()
9231{
9232 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
9233}